diff options
| author | Leo Tenenbaum <pommicket@gmail.com> | 2018-08-20 21:12:06 -0400 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Leo Tenenbaum <pommicket@gmail.com> | 2018-08-20 21:12:06 -0400 |
| commit | 63e87c2d0c9d263f14c77b68f85c67d46ece82a9 (patch) | |
| tree | 6260365cbf7d24f37d27669e8538227fcb72e243 /gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1 | |
| parent | a4460f6d9453bbd7e584937686449cef3e19f052 (diff) | |
Diffstat (limited to 'gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1')
67 files changed, 0 insertions, 11686 deletions
diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/autopoint.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/autopoint.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 64a7691..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/autopoint.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH AUTOPOINT "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-tools 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -autopoint \- copies standard gettext infrastructure -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B autopoint -[\fIOPTION\fR]... -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -.PP -Copies standard gettext infrastructure files into a source package. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -\fB\-\-help\fR -print this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-\-version\fR -print version information and exit -.TP -\fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-force\fR -force overwriting of files that already exist -.TP -\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-dry\-run\fR -print modifications but don't perform them -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Bruno Haible -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.PP -Uses a versions archive in git format. -Copyright (C) 2002-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B autopoint -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B autopoint -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info autopoint -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/bmp2tiff.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/bmp2tiff.1 deleted file mode 100644 index f5d68ce..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/bmp2tiff.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: bmp2tiff.1,v 1.7 2006-04-20 12:17:19 dron Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Andrey Kiselev <dron@ak4719.spb.edu> -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH BMP2TIFF 1 "15 October, 2004" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -bmp2tiff \- create a -.SM TIFF -file from a Microsoft Windows Device Independent Bitmap image file -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B bmp2tiff -[ -.I options -] -.I input.bmp -[ -.I input2.bmp ...\& -] -.I output.tiff -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I bmp2tiff -converts a Microsoft Windows Device Independent Bitmap image file to -.SM TIFF. -If several input BMP files are being specified the multipage -.SM TIFF -output file will be created. By default, the -.SM TIFF -image is created with data samples packed (\c -.IR PlanarConfiguration =1), -compressed with the PackBits algorithm (\c -.IR Compression =32773), -and with each strip no more than 8 kilobytes. -These characteristics can overridden, or explicitly specified -with the options described below. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-c -Specify a compression scheme to use when writing image data: -.B "\-c none" -for no compression, -.B "\-c packbits" -for the PackBits compression algorithm (the default), -.B "\-c jpeg" -for the baseline JPEG compression algorithm, -.B "\-c zip" -for the Deflate compression algorithm, -and -.B "\-c lzw" -for Lempel-Ziv & Welch. -.TP -.BI \-r " number" -Write data with a specified number of rows per strip; -by default the number of rows/strip is selected so that each strip -is approximately 8 kilobytes. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR gif2tiff (1), -.BR pal2rgb (1), -.BR ppm2tiff (1), -.BR raw2tiff (1), -.BR ras2tiff (1), -.BR sgi2tiff (1), -.BR libtiff (3TIFF) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/cjpeg.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/cjpeg.1 deleted file mode 100644 index c10f971..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/cjpeg.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,348 +0,0 @@ -.TH CJPEG 1 "28 August 2011" -.SH NAME -cjpeg \- compress an image file to a JPEG file -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B cjpeg -[ -.I options -] -[ -.I filename -] -.LP -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -.B cjpeg -compresses the named image file, or the standard input if no file is -named, and produces a JPEG/JFIF file on the standard output. -The currently supported input file formats are: PPM (PBMPLUS color -format), PGM (PBMPLUS gray-scale format), BMP, Targa, and RLE (Utah Raster -Toolkit format). (RLE is supported only if the URT library is available.) -.SH OPTIONS -All switch names may be abbreviated; for example, -.B \-grayscale -may be written -.B \-gray -or -.BR \-gr . -Most of the "basic" switches can be abbreviated to as little as one letter. -Upper and lower case are equivalent (thus -.B \-BMP -is the same as -.BR \-bmp ). -British spellings are also accepted (e.g., -.BR \-greyscale ), -though for brevity these are not mentioned below. -.PP -The basic switches are: -.TP -.BI \-quality " N[,...]" -Scale quantization tables to adjust image quality. Quality is 0 (worst) to -100 (best); default is 75. (See below for more info.) -.TP -.B \-grayscale -Create monochrome JPEG file from color input. Be sure to use this switch when -compressing a grayscale BMP file, because -.B cjpeg -isn't bright enough to notice whether a BMP file uses only shades of gray. -By saying -.BR \-grayscale , -you'll get a smaller JPEG file that takes less time to process. -.TP -.B \-rgb -Create RGB JPEG file. -Using this switch suppresses the conversion from RGB -colorspace input to the default YCbCr JPEG colorspace. -Use this switch in combination with the -.BI \-block " N" -switch (see below) for lossless JPEG coding. -.TP -.B \-optimize -Perform optimization of entropy encoding parameters. Without this, default -encoding parameters are used. -.B \-optimize -usually makes the JPEG file a little smaller, but -.B cjpeg -runs somewhat slower and needs much more memory. Image quality and speed of -decompression are unaffected by -.BR \-optimize . -.TP -.B \-progressive -Create progressive JPEG file (see below). -.TP -.BI \-scale " M/N" -Scale the output image by a factor M/N. Currently supported scale factors are -M/N with all N from 1 to 16, where M is the destination DCT size, which is 8 -by default (see -.BI \-block " N" -switch below). -.TP -.B \-targa -Input file is Targa format. Targa files that contain an "identification" -field will not be automatically recognized by -.BR cjpeg ; -for such files you must specify -.B \-targa -to make -.B cjpeg -treat the input as Targa format. -For most Targa files, you won't need this switch. -.PP -The -.B \-quality -switch lets you trade off compressed file size against quality of the -reconstructed image: the higher the quality setting, the larger the JPEG file, -and the closer the output image will be to the original input. Normally you -want to use the lowest quality setting (smallest file) that decompresses into -something visually indistinguishable from the original image. For this -purpose the quality setting should be between 50 and 95; the default of 75 is -often about right. If you see defects at -.B \-quality -75, then go up 5 or 10 counts at a time until you are happy with the output -image. (The optimal setting will vary from one image to another.) -.PP -.B \-quality -100 will generate a quantization table of all 1's, minimizing loss in the -quantization step (but there is still information loss in subsampling, as well -as roundoff error). This setting is mainly of interest for experimental -purposes. Quality values above about 95 are -.B not -recommended for normal use; the compressed file size goes up dramatically for -hardly any gain in output image quality. -.PP -In the other direction, quality values below 50 will produce very small files -of low image quality. Settings around 5 to 10 might be useful in preparing an -index of a large image library, for example. Try -.B \-quality -2 (or so) for some amusing Cubist effects. (Note: quality -values below about 25 generate 2-byte quantization tables, which are -considered optional in the JPEG standard. -.B cjpeg -emits a warning message when you give such a quality value, because some -other JPEG programs may be unable to decode the resulting file. Use -.B \-baseline -if you need to ensure compatibility at low quality values.) -.PP -The -.B \-quality -option has been extended in IJG version 7 for support of separate quality -settings for luminance and chrominance (or in general, for every provided -quantization table slot). This feature is useful for high-quality -applications which cannot accept the damage of color data by coarse -subsampling settings. You can now easily reduce the color data amount more -smoothly with finer control without separate subsampling. The resulting file -is fully compliant with standard JPEG decoders. -Note that the -.B \-quality -ratings refer to the quantization table slots, and that the last value is -replicated if there are more q-table slots than parameters. The default -q-table slots are 0 for luminance and 1 for chrominance with default tables as -given in the JPEG standard. This is compatible with the old behaviour in case -that only one parameter is given, which is then used for both luminance and -chrominance (slots 0 and 1). More or custom quantization tables can be set -with -.B \-qtables -and assigned to components with -.B \-qslots -parameter (see the "wizard" switches below). -.B Caution: -You must explicitly add -.BI \-sample " 1x1" -for efficient separate color -quality selection, since the default value used by library is 2x2! -.PP -The -.B \-progressive -switch creates a "progressive JPEG" file. In this type of JPEG file, the data -is stored in multiple scans of increasing quality. If the file is being -transmitted over a slow communications link, the decoder can use the first -scan to display a low-quality image very quickly, and can then improve the -display with each subsequent scan. The final image is exactly equivalent to a -standard JPEG file of the same quality setting, and the total file size is -about the same --- often a little smaller. -.PP -Switches for advanced users: -.TP -.B \-arithmetic -Use arithmetic coding. -.B Caution: -arithmetic coded JPEG is not yet widely implemented, so many decoders will be -unable to view an arithmetic coded JPEG file at all. -.TP -.BI \-block " N" -Set DCT block size. All N from 1 to 16 are possible. -Default is 8 (baseline format). -Larger values produce higher compression, -smaller values produce higher quality -(exact DCT stage possible with 1 or 2; with the default quality of 75 and -default Luminance qtable the DCT+Quantization stage is lossless for N=1). -.B Caution: -An implementation of the JPEG SmartScale extension is required for this -feature. SmartScale enabled JPEG is not yet widely implemented, so many -decoders will be unable to view a SmartScale extended JPEG file at all. -.TP -.B \-dct int -Use integer DCT method (default). -.TP -.B \-dct fast -Use fast integer DCT (less accurate). -.TP -.B \-dct float -Use floating-point DCT method. -The float method is very slightly more accurate than the int method, but is -much slower unless your machine has very fast floating-point hardware. Also -note that results of the floating-point method may vary slightly across -machines, while the integer methods should give the same results everywhere. -The fast integer method is much less accurate than the other two. -.TP -.B \-nosmooth -Don't use high-quality downsampling. -.TP -.BI \-restart " N" -Emit a JPEG restart marker every N MCU rows, or every N MCU blocks if "B" is -attached to the number. -.B \-restart 0 -(the default) means no restart markers. -.TP -.BI \-smooth " N" -Smooth the input image to eliminate dithering noise. N, ranging from 1 to -100, indicates the strength of smoothing. 0 (the default) means no smoothing. -.TP -.BI \-maxmemory " N" -Set limit for amount of memory to use in processing large images. Value is -in thousands of bytes, or millions of bytes if "M" is attached to the -number. For example, -.B \-max 4m -selects 4000000 bytes. If more space is needed, temporary files will be used. -.TP -.BI \-outfile " name" -Send output image to the named file, not to standard output. -.TP -.B \-verbose -Enable debug printout. More -.BR \-v 's -give more output. Also, version information is printed at startup. -.TP -.B \-debug -Same as -.BR \-verbose . -.PP -The -.B \-restart -option inserts extra markers that allow a JPEG decoder to resynchronize after -a transmission error. Without restart markers, any damage to a compressed -file will usually ruin the image from the point of the error to the end of the -image; with restart markers, the damage is usually confined to the portion of -the image up to the next restart marker. Of course, the restart markers -occupy extra space. We recommend -.B \-restart 1 -for images that will be transmitted across unreliable networks such as Usenet. -.PP -The -.B \-smooth -option filters the input to eliminate fine-scale noise. This is often useful -when converting dithered images to JPEG: a moderate smoothing factor of 10 to -50 gets rid of dithering patterns in the input file, resulting in a smaller -JPEG file and a better-looking image. Too large a smoothing factor will -visibly blur the image, however. -.PP -Switches for wizards: -.TP -.B \-baseline -Force baseline-compatible quantization tables to be generated. This clamps -quantization values to 8 bits even at low quality settings. (This switch is -poorly named, since it does not ensure that the output is actually baseline -JPEG. For example, you can use -.B \-baseline -and -.B \-progressive -together.) -.TP -.BI \-qtables " file" -Use the quantization tables given in the specified text file. -.TP -.BI \-qslots " N[,...]" -Select which quantization table to use for each color component. -.TP -.BI \-sample " HxV[,...]" -Set JPEG sampling factors for each color component. -.TP -.BI \-scans " file" -Use the scan script given in the specified text file. -.PP -The "wizard" switches are intended for experimentation with JPEG. If you -don't know what you are doing, \fBdon't use them\fR. These switches are -documented further in the file wizard.txt. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -This example compresses the PPM file foo.ppm with a quality factor of -60 and saves the output as foo.jpg: -.IP -.B cjpeg \-quality -.I 60 foo.ppm -.B > -.I foo.jpg -.SH HINTS -Color GIF files are not the ideal input for JPEG; JPEG is really intended for -compressing full-color (24-bit) images. In particular, don't try to convert -cartoons, line drawings, and other images that have only a few distinct -colors. GIF works great on these, JPEG does not. If you want to convert a -GIF to JPEG, you should experiment with -.BR cjpeg 's -.B \-quality -and -.B \-smooth -options to get a satisfactory conversion. -.B \-smooth 10 -or so is often helpful. -.PP -Avoid running an image through a series of JPEG compression/decompression -cycles. Image quality loss will accumulate; after ten or so cycles the image -may be noticeably worse than it was after one cycle. It's best to use a -lossless format while manipulating an image, then convert to JPEG format when -you are ready to file the image away. -.PP -The -.B \-optimize -option to -.B cjpeg -is worth using when you are making a "final" version for posting or archiving. -It's also a win when you are using low quality settings to make very small -JPEG files; the percentage improvement is often a lot more than it is on -larger files. (At present, -.B \-optimize -mode is always selected when generating progressive JPEG files.) -.SH ENVIRONMENT -.TP -.B JPEGMEM -If this environment variable is set, its value is the default memory limit. -The value is specified as described for the -.B \-maxmemory -switch. -.B JPEGMEM -overrides the default value specified when the program was compiled, and -itself is overridden by an explicit -.BR \-maxmemory . -.SH SEE ALSO -.BR djpeg (1), -.BR jpegtran (1), -.BR rdjpgcom (1), -.BR wrjpgcom (1) -.br -.BR ppm (5), -.BR pgm (5) -.br -Wallace, Gregory K. "The JPEG Still Picture Compression Standard", -Communications of the ACM, April 1991 (vol. 34, no. 4), pp. 30-44. -.SH AUTHOR -Independent JPEG Group -.SH BUGS -GIF input files are no longer supported, to avoid the Unisys LZW patent. -(Conversion of GIF files to JPEG is usually a bad idea anyway.) -.PP -Not all variants of BMP and Targa file formats are supported. -.PP -The -.B \-targa -switch is not a bug, it's a feature. (It would be a bug if the Targa format -designers had not been clueless.) diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/djpeg.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/djpeg.1 deleted file mode 100644 index f3722d1..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/djpeg.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,252 +0,0 @@ -.TH DJPEG 1 "3 October 2009" -.SH NAME -djpeg \- decompress a JPEG file to an image file -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B djpeg -[ -.I options -] -[ -.I filename -] -.LP -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -.B djpeg -decompresses the named JPEG file, or the standard input if no file is named, -and produces an image file on the standard output. PBMPLUS (PPM/PGM), BMP, -GIF, Targa, or RLE (Utah Raster Toolkit) output format can be selected. -(RLE is supported only if the URT library is available.) -.SH OPTIONS -All switch names may be abbreviated; for example, -.B \-grayscale -may be written -.B \-gray -or -.BR \-gr . -Most of the "basic" switches can be abbreviated to as little as one letter. -Upper and lower case are equivalent (thus -.B \-BMP -is the same as -.BR \-bmp ). -British spellings are also accepted (e.g., -.BR \-greyscale ), -though for brevity these are not mentioned below. -.PP -The basic switches are: -.TP -.BI \-colors " N" -Reduce image to at most N colors. This reduces the number of colors used in -the output image, so that it can be displayed on a colormapped display or -stored in a colormapped file format. For example, if you have an 8-bit -display, you'd need to reduce to 256 or fewer colors. -.TP -.BI \-quantize " N" -Same as -.BR \-colors . -.B \-colors -is the recommended name, -.B \-quantize -is provided only for backwards compatibility. -.TP -.B \-fast -Select recommended processing options for fast, low quality output. (The -default options are chosen for highest quality output.) Currently, this is -equivalent to \fB\-dct fast \-nosmooth \-onepass \-dither ordered\fR. -.TP -.B \-grayscale -Force gray-scale output even if JPEG file is color. Useful for viewing on -monochrome displays; also, -.B djpeg -runs noticeably faster in this mode. -.TP -.BI \-scale " M/N" -Scale the output image by a factor M/N. Currently supported scale factors are -M/N with all M from 1 to 16, where N is the source DCT size, which is 8 for -baseline JPEG. If the /N part is omitted, then M specifies the DCT scaled -size to be applied on the given input. For baseline JPEG this is equivalent -to M/8 scaling, since the source DCT size for baseline JPEG is 8. -Scaling is handy if the image is larger than your screen; also, -.B djpeg -runs much faster when scaling down the output. -.TP -.B \-bmp -Select BMP output format (Windows flavor). 8-bit colormapped format is -emitted if -.B \-colors -or -.B \-grayscale -is specified, or if the JPEG file is gray-scale; otherwise, 24-bit full-color -format is emitted. -.TP -.B \-gif -Select GIF output format. Since GIF does not support more than 256 colors, -.B \-colors 256 -is assumed (unless you specify a smaller number of colors). -.TP -.B \-os2 -Select BMP output format (OS/2 1.x flavor). 8-bit colormapped format is -emitted if -.B \-colors -or -.B \-grayscale -is specified, or if the JPEG file is gray-scale; otherwise, 24-bit full-color -format is emitted. -.TP -.B \-pnm -Select PBMPLUS (PPM/PGM) output format (this is the default format). -PGM is emitted if the JPEG file is gray-scale or if -.B \-grayscale -is specified; otherwise PPM is emitted. -.TP -.B \-rle -Select RLE output format. (Requires URT library.) -.TP -.B \-targa -Select Targa output format. Gray-scale format is emitted if the JPEG file is -gray-scale or if -.B \-grayscale -is specified; otherwise, colormapped format is emitted if -.B \-colors -is specified; otherwise, 24-bit full-color format is emitted. -.PP -Switches for advanced users: -.TP -.B \-dct int -Use integer DCT method (default). -.TP -.B \-dct fast -Use fast integer DCT (less accurate). -.TP -.B \-dct float -Use floating-point DCT method. -The float method is very slightly more accurate than the int method, but is -much slower unless your machine has very fast floating-point hardware. Also -note that results of the floating-point method may vary slightly across -machines, while the integer methods should give the same results everywhere. -The fast integer method is much less accurate than the other two. -.TP -.B \-dither fs -Use Floyd-Steinberg dithering in color quantization. -.TP -.B \-dither ordered -Use ordered dithering in color quantization. -.TP -.B \-dither none -Do not use dithering in color quantization. -By default, Floyd-Steinberg dithering is applied when quantizing colors; this -is slow but usually produces the best results. Ordered dither is a compromise -between speed and quality; no dithering is fast but usually looks awful. Note -that these switches have no effect unless color quantization is being done. -Ordered dither is only available in -.B \-onepass -mode. -.TP -.BI \-map " file" -Quantize to the colors used in the specified image file. This is useful for -producing multiple files with identical color maps, or for forcing a -predefined set of colors to be used. The -.I file -must be a GIF or PPM file. This option overrides -.B \-colors -and -.BR \-onepass . -.TP -.B \-nosmooth -Don't use high-quality upsampling. -.TP -.B \-onepass -Use one-pass instead of two-pass color quantization. The one-pass method is -faster and needs less memory, but it produces a lower-quality image. -.B \-onepass -is ignored unless you also say -.B \-colors -.IR N . -Also, the one-pass method is always used for gray-scale output (the two-pass -method is no improvement then). -.TP -.BI \-maxmemory " N" -Set limit for amount of memory to use in processing large images. Value is -in thousands of bytes, or millions of bytes if "M" is attached to the -number. For example, -.B \-max 4m -selects 4000000 bytes. If more space is needed, temporary files will be used. -.TP -.BI \-outfile " name" -Send output image to the named file, not to standard output. -.TP -.B \-verbose -Enable debug printout. More -.BR \-v 's -give more output. Also, version information is printed at startup. -.TP -.B \-debug -Same as -.BR \-verbose . -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -This example decompresses the JPEG file foo.jpg, quantizes it to -256 colors, and saves the output in 8-bit BMP format in foo.bmp: -.IP -.B djpeg \-colors 256 \-bmp -.I foo.jpg -.B > -.I foo.bmp -.SH HINTS -To get a quick preview of an image, use the -.B \-grayscale -and/or -.B \-scale -switches. -.B \-grayscale \-scale 1/8 -is the fastest case. -.PP -Several options are available that trade off image quality to gain speed. -.B \-fast -turns on the recommended settings. -.PP -.B \-dct fast -and/or -.B \-nosmooth -gain speed at a small sacrifice in quality. -When producing a color-quantized image, -.B \-onepass \-dither ordered -is fast but much lower quality than the default behavior. -.B \-dither none -may give acceptable results in two-pass mode, but is seldom tolerable in -one-pass mode. -.PP -If you are fortunate enough to have very fast floating point hardware, -\fB\-dct float\fR may be even faster than \fB\-dct fast\fR. But on most -machines \fB\-dct float\fR is slower than \fB\-dct int\fR; in this case it is -not worth using, because its theoretical accuracy advantage is too small to be -significant in practice. -.SH ENVIRONMENT -.TP -.B JPEGMEM -If this environment variable is set, its value is the default memory limit. -The value is specified as described for the -.B \-maxmemory -switch. -.B JPEGMEM -overrides the default value specified when the program was compiled, and -itself is overridden by an explicit -.BR \-maxmemory . -.SH SEE ALSO -.BR cjpeg (1), -.BR jpegtran (1), -.BR rdjpgcom (1), -.BR wrjpgcom (1) -.br -.BR ppm (5), -.BR pgm (5) -.br -Wallace, Gregory K. "The JPEG Still Picture Compression Standard", -Communications of the ACM, April 1991 (vol. 34, no. 4), pp. 30-44. -.SH AUTHOR -Independent JPEG Group -.SH BUGS -To avoid the Unisys LZW patent, -.B djpeg -produces uncompressed GIF files. These are larger than they should be, but -are readable by standard GIF decoders. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/envsubst.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/envsubst.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 4c8938c..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/envsubst.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH ENVSUBST "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -envsubst \- substitutes environment variables in shell format strings -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B envsubst -[\fIOPTION\fR] [\fISHELL-FORMAT\fR] -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -.PP -Substitutes the values of environment variables. -.SS "Operation mode:" -.TP -\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-variables\fR -output the variables occurring in SHELL-FORMAT -.SS "Informative output:" -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -output version information and exit -.PP -In normal operation mode, standard input is copied to standard output, -with references to environment variables of the form $VARIABLE or ${VARIABLE} -being replaced with the corresponding values. If a SHELL-FORMAT is given, -only those environment variables that are referenced in SHELL-FORMAT are -substituted; otherwise all environment variables references occurring in -standard input are substituted. -.PP -When \fB\-\-variables\fR is used, standard input is ignored, and the output consists -of the environment variables that are referenced in SHELL-FORMAT, one per line. -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Bruno Haible. -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2003-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -.br -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B envsubst -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B envsubst -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info envsubst -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/fax2ps.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/fax2ps.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 9525f20..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/fax2ps.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: fax2ps.1,v 1.4 2006-04-20 12:17:19 dron Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.ds Ps PostScript -.if n .po 0 -.TH FAX2PS 1 "November 2, 2005" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -fax2ps \- convert a -.SM TIFF -facsimile to compressed \*(Ps\(tm -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B fax2ps -[ -.I options -] [ -.I file ...\& -] -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I fax2ps -reads one or more -.SM TIFF -facsimile image files and prints a compressed form of -\*(Ps on the standard output that is suitable for printing. -.PP -By default, each page is scaled to reflect the -image dimensions and resolutions stored in the file. -The -.B \-x -and -.B \-y -options can be used to specify the horizontal and vertical -image resolutions (lines/inch), respectively. -If the -.B \-S -option is specified, each page is scaled to fill an output page. -The default output page is 8.5 by 11 inches. -Alternate page dimensions can be specified in inches with the -.B \-W -and -.B \-H -options. -.PP -By default -.I fax2ps -generates \*(Ps for all pages in the file. -The -.B \-p -option can be used to select one or more pages from -a multi-page document. -.PP -.I fax2ps -generates a compressed form of \*(Ps that is -optimized for sending pages of text to a \*(Ps -printer attached to a host through a low-speed link (such -as a serial line). -Each output page is filled with white and then only -the black areas are drawn. -The \*(Ps specification of the black drawing operations -is optimized by using a special font that encodes the -move-draw operations required to fill -the black regions on the page. -This compression scheme typically results in a substantially -reduced \*(Ps description, relative to the straightforward -imaging of the page with a \*(Ps -.I image -operator. -This algorithm can, however, be ineffective -for continuous-tone and white-on-black images. -For these images, it sometimes is more efficient to send -the raster bitmap image directly; see -.BR tiff2ps (1). -.SH OPTIONS -.TP 10 -.BI \-p " number" -Print only the indicated page. -Multiple pages may be printed by specifying -this option more than once. -.TP 10 -.BI \-x " resolution" -Use -.I resolution -as the horizontal resolution, in dots/inch, of the image data. -By default this value is taken from the file. -.TP 10 -.BI \-y " resolution" -Use -.I resolution -as the vertical resolution, in lines/inch, of the image data. -By default this value is taken from the file. -.TP 10 -.B \-S -Scale each page of image data to fill the output page dimensions. -By default images are presented according to the dimension -information recorded in the -.SM TIFF -file. -.TP 10 -.BI \-W " width" -Use -.I width -as the width, in inches, of the output page. -.TP 10 -.BI \-H " height" -Use -.I height -as the height, in inches, of the output page. -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -Some messages about malformed -.SM TIFF -images come from the -.SM TIFF -library. -.PP -Various messages about badly formatted facsimile images -may be generated due to transmission errors in received -facsimile. -.I fax2ps -attempts to recover from such data errors by resynchronizing -decoding at the end of the current scanline. -This can result in long horizontal black lines in the resultant -\*(Ps image. -.SH NOTES -If the destination printer supports \*(Ps Level II then -it is always faster to just send the encoded bitmap generated -by the -.BR tiff2ps (1) -program. -.SH BUGS -.I fax2ps -should probably figure out when it is doing a poor -job of compressing the output and just generate -\*(Ps to image the bitmap raster instead. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR tiff2ps (1), -.BR libtiff (3) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/fax2tiff.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/fax2tiff.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 873cab1..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/fax2tiff.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,286 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: fax2tiff.1,v 1.7 2006-04-20 12:17:19 dron Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1990-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH FAX2TIFF 1 "November 2, 2005" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -fax2tiff \- create a -.SM TIFF -Class F fax file from raw fax data -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B fax2tiff -[ -.I options -] [ -.B \-o -.I output.tif -] -.I input.raw -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I Fax2tiff -creates a -.SM TIFF -file containing -.SM CCITT -Group 3 or Group 4 encoded data from one or more files containing ``raw'' -Group 3 or Group 4 encoded data (typically obtained directly from a fax modem). -By default, each row of data in the resultant -.SM TIFF -file is 1-dimensionally encoded and -padded or truncated to 1728 pixels, as needed. -The resultant image is a set of low resolution (98 lines/inch) -or medium resolution (196 lines/inch) -pages, each of which is a single strip of data. -The generated file conforms to the -.SM TIFF -Class F (\c -.SM FAX\c -) specification for storing facsimile data. -This means, in particular, that each page of the data does -.B not -include the trailing -.I "return to control" -(\c -.SM RTC\c -) code; as required -for transmission by the -.SM CCITT -Group 3 specifications. -The old, ``classic'', format is created if the -.B \-c -option is used. -(The Class F format can also be requested with the -.B \-f -option.) -.PP -The default name of the output image is -.IR fax.tif ; -this can be changed with the -.B \-o -option. -Each input file is assumed to be a separate page of facsimile data -from the same document. -The order in which input files are specified on the command -line is the order in which the resultant pages appear in the -output file. -.SH OPTIONS -Options that affect the interpretation of input data are: -.TP -.B \-3 -Assume input data is -.SM CCITT -Group 3 encoded (default). -.TP -.B \-4 -Assume input data is -.SM CCITT -Group 4 encoded. -.TP -.B \-U -Assume input data is uncompressed (Group 3 or Group 4). -.TP -.B \-1 -Assume input data is encoded with the 1-dimensional version of the -.SM CCITT -Group 3 Huffman encoding algorithm (default). -.TP -.B \-2 -Assume input data is 2-dimensional version of the -.SM CCITT -Group 3 Huffman encoding algorithm. -.TP -.B \-P -Assume input data is -.B not -EOL-aligned (default). This option has effect with Group 3 encoded input only. -.TP -.B \-A -Assume input data is EOL-aligned. This option has effect with Group 3 -encoded input only. -.TP -.B \-M -Treat input data as having bits filled from most significant bit (\c -.SM MSB\c -) to most least bit (\c -.SM LSB\c -). -.TP -.B \-L -Treat input data as having bits filled from least significant bit (\c -.SM LSB\c -) to most significant bit (\c -.SM MSB\c -) (default). -.TP -.B \-B -Assume input data was encoded with black as 0 and white as 1. -.TP -.B \-W -Assume input data was encoded with black as 1 and white as 0 (default). -.TP -.B \-R -Specify the vertical resolution, in lines/inch, of the input images. -By default input are assumed to have a vertical resolution of 196 lines/inch. -If images are low resolution facsimile, a value of 98 lines/inch should -be specified. -.TP -.B \-X -Specify the width, in pixels, of the input images. -By default input are assumed to have a width of 1728 pixels. -.PP -Options that affect the output file format are: -.TP -.B \-o -Specify the name of the output file. -.TP -.B \-7 -Force output to be compressed with the -.SM CCITT -Group 3 Huffman encoding algorithm (default). -.TP -.B \-8 -Force output to be compressed with the -.SM CCITT -Group 4 Huffman encoding. -.TP -.B \-u -Force output to be uncompressed (Group 3 or Group 4). -.TP -.B \-5 -Force output to be encoded with the 1-dimensional version of the -.SM CCITT -Group 3 Huffman encoding algorithm. -.TP -.B \-6 -Force output to be encoded with the 2-dimensional version of the -.SM CCITT -Group 3 Huffman encoding algorithm (default). -.TP -.B \-a -Force the last bit of each -.I "End Of Line" -(\c -.SM EOL\c -) code to land on a byte boundary (default). This ``zero padding'' will -be reflected in the contents of the -.I Group3Options -tag of the resultant -.SM TIFF -file. This option has effect with Group 3 encoded output only. -.TP -.B \-p -Do not EOL-align output. This option has effect with Group 3 encoded -output only. -.TP -.B \-c -Generate "classic" Group 3 TIFF format. -.TP -.B \-f -Generate TIFF Class F (TIFF/F) format (default). -.TP -.B \-m -Force output data to have bits filled from most significant bit (\c -.SM MSB\c -) to most least bit (\c -.SM LSB\c -). -.TP -.B \-l -Force output data to have bits filled from least significant bit (\c -.SM LSB\c -) to most significant bit (\c -.SM MSB\c -) (default). -.TP -.B \-r -Specify the number of rows (scanlines) in each strip of data -written to the output file. -By default (or when value -.B 0 -is specified), -.I tiffcp -attempts to set the rows/strip -that no more than 8 kilobytes of data appear in a strip (with except of G3/G4 -compression schemes). If you specify special value -.B \-1 -it will results in infinite number of the rows per strip. The entire image -will be the one strip in that case. This is default in case of G3/G4 output -compression schemes. -.TP -.B \-s -Stretch the input image vertically by writing each input row of -data twice to the output file. -.TP -.B \-v -Force -.I fax2tiff -to print the number of rows of data it retrieved from the input file. -.TP -.B \-z -Force output to be compressed with the LZW encoding. -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -The following warnings and errors come from the decoding -routines in the library. -.PP -.BR "Warning, %s: Premature EOL at scanline %d (x %d).\en" . -The input data had a row that was shorter than the expected width. -The row is padded with white. -.PP -.BR "%s: Premature EOF at scanline %d (x %d).\en" . -The decoder ran out of data in the middle of a scanline. -The resultant row is padded with white. -.PP -.BR "%s: Bad code word at row %d, x %d\en" . -An invalid Group 3 -.I code -was encountered while decoding the input file. -The row number and horizontal position is given. -The remainder of the input row is discarded, while -the corresponding output row is padded with white. -.PP -.BR "%s: Bad 2D code word at scanline %d.\en" . -An invalid Group 4 or 2D Group 3 -.I code -was encountered while decoding the input file. -The row number and horizontal position is given. -The remainder of the input row is discarded, while -the corresponding output row is padded with white. -.SH BUGS -Input data are assumed to have a a ``top left'' orientation; -it should be possible to override this assumption -from the command line. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR "\s-1CCITT\s+1 Recommendation T.4" -(Standardization of Group 3 Facsimile Apparatus for Document Transmission). -.PP -.BR "The Spirit of TIFF Class F", -an appendix to the TIFF 5.0 specification prepared by Cygnet Technologies. -.PP -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR tiffdither (1), -.BR tiffgt (1), -.BR libtiff (3) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gdk-pixbuf-csource.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gdk-pixbuf-csource.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 50e1f7b..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gdk-pixbuf-csource.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -'\" t -.\" Title: gdk-pixbuf-csource -.\" Author: Tim Janik -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.77.1 <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 08/06/2012 -.\" Manual: User Commands -.\" Source: gdk-pixbuf -.\" Language: English -.\" -.TH "GDK\-PIXBUF\-CSOURCE" "1" "" "gdk-pixbuf" "User Commands" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq -.el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation -.nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) -.ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.SH "NAME" -gdk-pixbuf-csource \- C code generation utility for GdkPixbuf images -.SH "SYNOPSIS" -.HP \w'\fBgdk\-pixbuf\-csource\fR\ 'u -\fBgdk\-pixbuf\-csource\fR [OPTION...] [IMAGE] -.HP \w'\fBgdk\-pixbuf\-csource\fR\ 'u -\fBgdk\-pixbuf\-csource\fR [OPTION...] \-\-build\-list [[NAME]\ [IMAGE]...] -.SH "DESCRIPTION" -.PP - -\fBgdk\-pixbuf\-csource\fR -is a small utility that generates C code containing images, useful for compiling images directly into programs\&. -.PP - -\fBgdk\-pixbuf\-csource\fR -either takes as input one image file name to generate code for, or, using the -\fB\-\-build\-list\fR -option, a list of (\fIname\fR, -\fIimage\fR) pairs to generate code for a list of images into named variables\&. -.SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-\-stream\fR -.RS 4 -Generate pixbuf data stream (a single string containing a serialized -GdkPixdata -structure in network byte order)\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-\-struct\fR -.RS 4 -Generate GdkPixdata structure (needs the -GdkPixdata -structure definition from -gdk\-pixdata\&.h)\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-\-macros\fR -.RS 4 -Generate *_ROWSTRIDE, *_WIDTH, *_HEIGHT, *_BYTES_PER_PIXEL and *_RLE_PIXEL_DATA or *_PIXEL_DATA macro definitions for the image\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-\-rle\fR -.RS 4 -Enables run\-length encoding for the generated pixel data (default)\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-\-raw\fR -.RS 4 -Disables run\-length encoding for the generated pixel data\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-\-extern\fR -.RS 4 -Generate extern symbols\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-\-static\fR -.RS 4 -Generate static symbols (default)\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-\-decoder\fR -.RS 4 -Provide a *_RUN_LENGTH_DECODE(image_buf, rle_data, size, bpp) macro definition to decode run\-length encoded image data\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-\-name=identifier\fR -.RS 4 -Specifies the identifier name (prefix) for the generated variables or macros (useful only if -\fB\-\-build\-list\fR -was not specified)\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-\-build\-list\fR -.RS 4 -Enables (\fIname\fR, -\fIimage\fR) pair parsing mode\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -.RS 4 -Print brief help and exit\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -.RS 4 -Print version and exit\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-\-g\-fatal\-warnings\fR -.RS 4 -Make warnings fatal (causes the program to abort)\&. -.RE -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.PP -The -GdkPixbuf -documentation, shipped with the Gtk+ distribution, available from -\m[blue]\fBwww\&.gtk\&.org\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2\&. -.SH "BUGS" -.PP -The runlength encoder gets out of sync with the pixel boundaries, since it includes the rowstride padding in the encoded stream\&. Furthermore, it generates pixbufs with suboptimal rowstride in some cases\&. -.SH "NOTES" -.IP " 1." 4 -www.gtk.org -.RS 4 -\%http://www.gtk.org -.RE diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders.1 deleted file mode 100644 index ea42330..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -'\" t -.\" Title: gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders -.\" Author: Owen Taylor -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.77.1 <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 08/06/2012 -.\" Manual: User Commands -.\" Source: gdk-pixbuf -.\" Language: English -.\" -.TH "GDK\-PIXBUF\-QUERY\-" "1" "" "gdk-pixbuf" "User Commands" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq -.el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation -.nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) -.ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.SH "NAME" -gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders \- GdkPixbuf loader registration utility -.SH "SYNOPSIS" -.HP \w'\fBgdk\-pixbuf\-query\-loaders\fR\ 'u -\fBgdk\-pixbuf\-query\-loaders\fR [\-\-update\-cache] [MODULE...] -.SH "DESCRIPTION" -.PP - -\fBgdk\-pixbuf\-query\-loaders\fR -collects information about loadable modules for -gdk\-pixbuf -and writes it to the default cache file location, or to -stdout\&. -.PP -If called without arguments, it looks for modules in the -gdk\-pixbuf -loader directory\&. -.PP -If called with arguments, it looks for the specified modules\&. The arguments may be absolute or relative paths\&. -.PP -Normally, the output of -\fBgdk\-pixbuf\-queryloaders\fR -is written to -\fIlibdir\fR/gdk\-pixbuf\-2\&.0/2\&.10\&.0/loaders\&.cache, where -gdk\-pixbuf -looks for it by default\&. If it is written to some other location, the environment variable -\fBGDK_PIXBUF_MODULE_FILE\fR -can be set to point -gdk\-pixbuf -at the file\&. -.SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\-\-update\-cache -.RS 4 -Write the output to the default cache location instead of -stdout -.RE -.SH "ENVIRONMENT" -.PP -The environment variable -\fBGDK_PIXBUF_MODULEDIR\fR -can be used to specify a different loader directory\&. The default -gdk\-pixbuf -loader directory is -\fIlibdir\fR/gdk\-pixbuf\-2\&.0/\fIversion\fR/loaders\&. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gettext.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gettext.1 deleted file mode 100644 index b886d2f..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gettext.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH GETTEXT "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -gettext \- translate message -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B gettext -[\fIOPTION\fR] [[\fITEXTDOMAIN\fR] \fIMSGID\fR] -.br -.B gettext -[\fIOPTION\fR] \fI-s \fR[\fIMSGID\fR]... -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -The \fBgettext\fP program translates a natural language message into the -user's language, by looking up the translation in a message catalog. -.PP -Display native language translation of a textual message. -.TP -\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-domain\fR=\fITEXTDOMAIN\fR -retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN -.TP -\fB\-e\fR -enable expansion of some escape sequences -.TP -\fB\-E\fR -(ignored for compatibility) -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-n\fR -suppress trailing newline -.TP -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -display version information and exit -.TP -[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID -retrieve translated message corresponding -to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN -.PP -If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the -environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the -regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment -variable TEXTDOMAINDIR. -When used with the \fB\-s\fR option the program behaves like the `echo' command. -But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages -found in the selected catalog are translated. -Standard search directory: /MinGW/share/locale -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Ulrich Drepper. -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995-1997, 2000-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -.br -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B gettext -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B gettext -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info gettext -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gettextize.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gettextize.1 deleted file mode 100644 index e01efe3..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gettextize.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH GETTEXTIZE "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-tools 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -gettextize \- install or upgrade gettext infrastructure -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B gettextize -[\fIOPTION\fR]... [\fIpackage-dir\fR] -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -.PP -Prepares a source package to use gettext. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -\fB\-\-help\fR -print this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-\-version\fR -print version information and exit -.TP -\fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-force\fR -force writing of new files even if old exist -.TP -\fB\-\-intl\fR -install libintl in a subdirectory (deprecated) -.TP -\fB\-\-po\-dir\fR=\fIDIR\fR -specify directory with PO files -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-changelog\fR -don't update or create ChangeLog files -.TP -\fB\-\-symlink\fR -make symbolic links instead of copying files -.TP -\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-dry\-run\fR -print modifications but don't perform them -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Ulrich Drepper -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995-1998, 2000-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -.br -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B gettextize -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B gettextize -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info gettextize -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gif2tiff.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gif2tiff.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 5f01d8d..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gif2tiff.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: gif2tiff.1,v 1.4 2006-04-20 12:17:19 dron Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH GIF2TIFF 1 "November 2, 2005" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -gif2tiff \- create a -.SM TIFF -file from a GIF87 format image file -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B gif2tiff -[ -.I options -] -.I input.gif -.I output.tif -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I Gif2tiff -converts a file in the GIF87 format to -.SM TIFF. -The -.SM TIFF -image is created as a palette image, with samples -compressed with the Lempel-Ziv & Welch algorithm (\c -.IR Compression =5). -These characteristics can overridden, or explicitly specified -with the options described below. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-c -Specify a compression scheme to use when writing image data: -.B "\-c none" -for no compression, -.B "\-c packbits" -for the PackBits compression algorithm, -.B "\-c zip" -for the Deflate compression algorithm, -and -.B "\-c lzw" -for Lempel-Ziv & Welch (the default). -.TP -.B \-r -Write data with a specified number of rows per strip; -by default the number of rows/strip is selected so that each strip -is approximately 8 kilobytes. -.SH NOTES -The program is based on Paul Haeberli's -.I fromgif -program which, in turn, is based on Marcel J.E. Mol's GIF reader. -.SH BUGS -Should have more options to control output format. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR pal2rgb (1), -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR tiffcp (1), -.BR tiffmedian (1), -.BR libtiff (3) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gtk-query-immodules-3.0.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gtk-query-immodules-3.0.1 deleted file mode 100644 index aeed5c7..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gtk-query-immodules-3.0.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -'\" t -.\" Title: gtk-query-immodules-3.0 -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://docbook.sf.net/el/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.76.1 <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 06/04/2012 -.\" Manual: User Commands -.\" Source: User Commands -.\" Language: English -.\" -.TH "GTK\-QUERY\-IMMODULE" "1" "06/04/2012" "User Commands" "User Commands" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq -.el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation -.nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) -.ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.SH "NAME" -gtk-query-immodules-3.0 \- Input method module registration utility -.SH "SYNOPSIS" -.HP \w'\fBgtk\-query\-immodules\-3\&.0\fR\ 'u -\fBgtk\-query\-immodules\-3\&.0\fR [\-\-update\-cache] [module...] -.SH "DESCRIPTION" -.PP - -\fBgtk\-query\-immodules\-3\&.0\fR -collects information about loadable input method modules for GTK+ and writes it to the default cache file location, or to -stdout\&. -.PP -If called without arguments, it looks for modules in the GTK+ input method module path\&. -.PP -If called with arguments, it looks for the specified modules\&. The arguments may be absolute or relative paths\&. -.PP -Normally, the output of -\fBgtk\-query\-immodules\-3\&.0\fR -is written to -\fIlibdir\fR/gtk\-3\&.0/3\&.0\&.0/immodules\&.cache, where GTK+ looks for it by default\&. If it is written to some other location, the environment variable -\fBGTK_IM_MODULE_FILE\fR -can be set to point GTK+ at the file\&. -.SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\-\-update\-cache -.RS 4 -Write the output to the default cache location instead of -stdout -.RE -.SH "ENVIRONMENT" -.PP -The environment variable -\fBGTK_PATH\fR -can be used to prepend directories to the input method module path\&. -.SH "BUGS" -.PP -None known yet\&. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gtk-update-icon-cache.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gtk-update-icon-cache.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 53fef30..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/gtk-update-icon-cache.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -'\" t -.\" Title: gtk-update-icon-cache -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://docbook.sf.net/el/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.76.1 <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 06/04/2012 -.\" Manual: User Commands -.\" Source: User Commands -.\" Language: English -.\" -.TH "GTK\-UPDATE\-ICON\-C" "1" "06/04/2012" "User Commands" "User Commands" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq -.el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation -.nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) -.ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.SH "NAME" -gtk-update-icon-cache \- Icon theme caching utility -.SH "SYNOPSIS" -.HP \w'\fBgtk\-update\-icon\-cache\fR\ 'u -\fBgtk\-update\-icon\-cache\fR [\-\-force] [\-\-ignore\-theme\-index] [\-\-index\-only] [\-\-source\ \fINAME\fR] [\-\-quiet] [\-\-validate] \fIPATH\fR -.SH "DESCRIPTION" -.PP - -\fBgtk\-update\-icon\-cache\fR -creates mmapable cache files for icon themes\&. -.PP -It expects to be given the -\fIPATH\fR -to a icon theme directory containing an -index\&.theme, e\&.g\&. -/usr/share/icons/hicolor, and writes a -icon\-theme\&.cache -containing cached information about the icons in the directory tree below the given directory\&. -.PP -GTK+ can use the cache files created by -\fBgtk\-update\-icon\-cache\fR -to avoid a lot of system call and disk seek overhead when the application starts\&. Since the format of the cache files allows them to be mmaped shared between multiple applications, the overall memory consumption is reduced as well\&. -.SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\-\-force, \-f -.RS 4 -Overwrite an existing cache file even if it appears to be uptodate\&. -.RE -.PP -\-\-ignore\-theme\-index, \-t -.RS 4 -Don\*(Aqt check for the existence of -index\&.theme -in the icon theme directory\&. Without this option, -\fBgtk\-update\-icon\-cache\fR -refuses to create an icon cache in a directory which does not appear to be the toplevel directory of an icon theme\&. -.RE -.PP -\-\-index\-only, \-i -.RS 4 -Don\*(Aqt include image data in the cache\&. -.RE -.PP -\-\-source, \-c -.RS 4 -Output a C header file declaring a constant -\fINAME\fR -with the contents of the icon cache\&. -.RE -.PP -\-\-quiet, \-q -.RS 4 -Turn off verbose output\&. -.RE -.PP -\-\-validate, \-v -.RS 4 -Validate existing icon cache\&. -.RE -.SH "BUGS" -.PP -None known yet\&. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/iconv.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/iconv.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 6b85651..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/iconv.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,108 +0,0 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org> -.\" -.\" This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or -.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as -.\" published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of -.\" the License, or (at your option) any later version. -.\" -.\" References consulted: -.\" OpenGroup's Single Unix specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html -.\" POSIX 2001 draft6 -.\" -.TH ICONV 1 "March 31, 2007" "GNU" "Linux Programmer's Manual" -.SH NAME -iconv \- character set conversion -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -iconv [\fIOPTION\fP...] [\fB\-f\fP \fIencoding\fP] [\fB\-t\fP \fIencoding\fP] [\fIinputfile\fP ...] -iconv \fB\-l\fP -.fi -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBiconv\fP program converts text from one encoding to another encoding. -More precisely, it converts \fBfrom\fP the encoding given for the \fB\-f\fP -option \fBto\fP the encoding given for the \fB\-t\fP option. Either of these -encodings defaults to the encoding of the current locale. All the -\fIinputfile\fPs are read and converted in turn; if no \fIinputfile\fP is -given, the standard input is used. The converted text is printed to standard -output. -.PP -The encodings permitted are system dependent. For the libiconv implementation, -they are listed in the iconv_open(3) manual page. -.PP -Options controlling the input and output format: -.TP -\fB\-f\fP \fIencoding\fP, \fB\-\-from\-code=\fP\fIencoding\fP -Specifies the encoding of the input. -.TP -\fB\-t\fP \fIencoding\fP, \fB\-\-to\-code=\fP\fIencoding\fP -Specifies the encoding of the output. -.PP -Options controlling conversion problems: -.TP -\fB\-c\fP -When this option is given, characters that cannot be converted are silently -discarded, instead of leading to a conversion error. -.TP -\fB\-\-unicode\-subst=\fP\fIformatstring\fP -When this option is given, Unicode characters that cannot be represented in -the target encoding are replaced with a placeholder string that is constructed -from the given \fIformatstring\fP, applied to the Unicode code point. The -\fIformatstring\fP must be a format string in the same format as for the -.I printf -command or the -.I printf() -function, taking either no argument or exactly one unsigned integer argument. -.TP -\fB\-\-byte\-subst=\fP\fIformatstring\fP -When this option is given, bytes in the input that are not valid in the source -encoding are replaced with a placeholder string that is constructed from the -given \fIformatstring\fP, applied to the byte's value. The \fIformatstring\fP -must be a format string in the same format as for the -.I printf -command or the -.I printf() -function, taking either no argument or exactly one unsigned integer argument. -.TP -\fB\-\-widechar\-subst=\fP\fIformatstring\fP -When this option is given, wide characters in the input that are not valid in -the source encoding are replaced with a placeholder string that is constructed -from the given \fIformatstring\fP, applied to the byte's value. The -\fIformatstring\fP must be a format string in the same format as for the -.I printf -command or the -.I printf() -function, taking either no argument or exactly one unsigned integer argument. -.PP -Options controlling error output: -.TP -\fB\-s\fP, \fB\-\-silent\fP -When this option is given, error messages about invalid or unconvertible -characters are omitted, but the actual converted text is unaffected. -.PP -The \fBiconv \-l\fP or \fBiconv \-\-list\fP command lists the names of the -supported encodings, in a system dependent format. For the libiconv -implementation, the names are printed in upper case, separated by whitespace, -and alias names of an encoding are listed on the same line as the encoding -itself. -.SH EXAMPLES -.TP -\fBiconv \-f ISO\-8859\-1 \-t UTF\-8\fP -converts input from the old West-European encoding ISO\-8859\-1 to Unicode. -.PP -.nf -\fBiconv \-f KOI8\-R \-\-byte\-subst="<0x%x>"\fP -\fB \-\-unicode\-subst="<U+%04X>"\fP -.fi -.RS -converts input from the old Russian encoding KOI8\-R to the locale encoding, -substituting an angle bracket notation with hexadecimal numbers for invalid -bytes and for valid but unconvertible characters. -.RE -.TP -\fBiconv \-\-list\fP -lists the supported encodings. -.SH "CONFORMING TO" -POSIX:2001 -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR iconv_open (3), -.BR locale (7) diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/jpegtran.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/jpegtran.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 0ad1bbc..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/jpegtran.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,285 +0,0 @@ -.TH JPEGTRAN 1 "28 December 2009" -.SH NAME -jpegtran \- lossless transformation of JPEG files -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B jpegtran -[ -.I options -] -[ -.I filename -] -.LP -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -.B jpegtran -performs various useful transformations of JPEG files. -It can translate the coded representation from one variant of JPEG to another, -for example from baseline JPEG to progressive JPEG or vice versa. It can also -perform some rearrangements of the image data, for example turning an image -from landscape to portrait format by rotation. -.PP -.B jpegtran -works by rearranging the compressed data (DCT coefficients), without -ever fully decoding the image. Therefore, its transformations are lossless: -there is no image degradation at all, which would not be true if you used -.B djpeg -followed by -.B cjpeg -to accomplish the same conversion. But by the same token, -.B jpegtran -cannot perform lossy operations such as changing the image quality. -.PP -.B jpegtran -reads the named JPEG/JFIF file, or the standard input if no file is -named, and produces a JPEG/JFIF file on the standard output. -.SH OPTIONS -All switch names may be abbreviated; for example, -.B \-optimize -may be written -.B \-opt -or -.BR \-o . -Upper and lower case are equivalent. -British spellings are also accepted (e.g., -.BR \-optimise ), -though for brevity these are not mentioned below. -.PP -To specify the coded JPEG representation used in the output file, -.B jpegtran -accepts a subset of the switches recognized by -.BR cjpeg : -.TP -.B \-optimize -Perform optimization of entropy encoding parameters. -.TP -.B \-progressive -Create progressive JPEG file. -.TP -.BI \-restart " N" -Emit a JPEG restart marker every N MCU rows, or every N MCU blocks if "B" is -attached to the number. -.TP -.B \-arithmetic -Use arithmetic coding. -.TP -.BI \-scans " file" -Use the scan script given in the specified text file. -.PP -See -.BR cjpeg (1) -for more details about these switches. -If you specify none of these switches, you get a plain baseline-JPEG output -file. The quality setting and so forth are determined by the input file. -.PP -The image can be losslessly transformed by giving one of these switches: -.TP -.B \-flip horizontal -Mirror image horizontally (left-right). -.TP -.B \-flip vertical -Mirror image vertically (top-bottom). -.TP -.B \-rotate 90 -Rotate image 90 degrees clockwise. -.TP -.B \-rotate 180 -Rotate image 180 degrees. -.TP -.B \-rotate 270 -Rotate image 270 degrees clockwise (or 90 ccw). -.TP -.B \-transpose -Transpose image (across UL-to-LR axis). -.TP -.B \-transverse -Transverse transpose (across UR-to-LL axis). -.IP -The transpose transformation has no restrictions regarding image dimensions. -The other transformations operate rather oddly if the image dimensions are not -a multiple of the iMCU size (usually 8 or 16 pixels), because they can only -transform complete blocks of DCT coefficient data in the desired way. -.IP -.BR jpegtran 's -default behavior when transforming an odd-size image is designed -to preserve exact reversibility and mathematical consistency of the -transformation set. As stated, transpose is able to flip the entire image -area. Horizontal mirroring leaves any partial iMCU column at the right edge -untouched, but is able to flip all rows of the image. Similarly, vertical -mirroring leaves any partial iMCU row at the bottom edge untouched, but is -able to flip all columns. The other transforms can be built up as sequences -of transpose and flip operations; for consistency, their actions on edge -pixels are defined to be the same as the end result of the corresponding -transpose-and-flip sequence. -.IP -For practical use, you may prefer to discard any untransformable edge pixels -rather than having a strange-looking strip along the right and/or bottom edges -of a transformed image. To do this, add the -.B \-trim -switch: -.TP -.B \-trim -Drop non-transformable edge blocks. -.IP -Obviously, a transformation with -.B \-trim -is not reversible, so strictly speaking -.B jpegtran -with this switch is not lossless. Also, the expected mathematical -equivalences between the transformations no longer hold. For example, -.B \-rot 270 -trim -trims only the bottom edge, but -.B \-rot 90 -trim -followed by -.B \-rot 180 -trim -trims both edges. -.IP -If you are only interested in perfect transformation, add the -.B \-perfect -switch: -.TP -.B \-perfect -Fails with an error if the transformation is not perfect. -.IP -For example you may want to do -.IP -.B (jpegtran \-rot 90 -perfect -.I foo.jpg -.B || djpeg -.I foo.jpg -.B | pnmflip \-r90 | cjpeg) -.IP -to do a perfect rotation if available or an approximated one if not. -.PP -We also offer a lossless-crop option, which discards data outside a given -image region but losslessly preserves what is inside. Like the rotate and -flip transforms, lossless crop is restricted by the current JPEG format: the -upper left corner of the selected region must fall on an iMCU boundary. If -this does not hold for the given crop parameters, we silently move the upper -left corner up and/or left to make it so, simultaneously increasing the region -dimensions to keep the lower right crop corner unchanged. (Thus, the output -image covers at least the requested region, but may cover more.) - -The image can be losslessly cropped by giving the switch: -.TP -.B \-crop WxH+X+Y -Crop to a rectangular subarea of width W, height H starting at point X,Y. -.PP -Other not-strictly-lossless transformation switches are: -.TP -.B \-grayscale -Force grayscale output. -.IP -This option discards the chrominance channels if the input image is YCbCr -(ie, a standard color JPEG), resulting in a grayscale JPEG file. The -luminance channel is preserved exactly, so this is a better method of reducing -to grayscale than decompression, conversion, and recompression. This switch -is particularly handy for fixing a monochrome picture that was mistakenly -encoded as a color JPEG. (In such a case, the space savings from getting rid -of the near-empty chroma channels won't be large; but the decoding time for -a grayscale JPEG is substantially less than that for a color JPEG.) -.TP -.BI \-scale " M/N" -Scale the output image by a factor M/N. -.IP -Currently supported scale factors are M/N with all M from 1 to 16, where N is -the source DCT size, which is 8 for baseline JPEG. If the /N part is omitted, -then M specifies the DCT scaled size to be applied on the given input. For -baseline JPEG this is equivalent to M/8 scaling, since the source DCT size -for baseline JPEG is 8. -.B Caution: -An implementation of the JPEG SmartScale extension is required for this -feature. SmartScale enabled JPEG is not yet widely implemented, so many -decoders will be unable to view a SmartScale extended JPEG file at all. -.PP -.B jpegtran -also recognizes these switches that control what to do with "extra" markers, -such as comment blocks: -.TP -.B \-copy none -Copy no extra markers from source file. This setting suppresses all -comments and other excess baggage present in the source file. -.TP -.B \-copy comments -Copy only comment markers. This setting copies comments from the source file, -but discards any other inessential (for image display) data. -.TP -.B \-copy all -Copy all extra markers. This setting preserves miscellaneous markers -found in the source file, such as JFIF thumbnails, Exif data, and Photoshop -settings. In some files these extra markers can be sizable. -.IP -The default behavior is -.BR "\-copy comments" . -(Note: in IJG releases v6 and v6a, -.B jpegtran -always did the equivalent of -.BR "\-copy none" .) -.PP -Additional switches recognized by jpegtran are: -.TP -.BI \-maxmemory " N" -Set limit for amount of memory to use in processing large images. Value is -in thousands of bytes, or millions of bytes if "M" is attached to the -number. For example, -.B \-max 4m -selects 4000000 bytes. If more space is needed, temporary files will be used. -.TP -.BI \-outfile " name" -Send output image to the named file, not to standard output. -.TP -.B \-verbose -Enable debug printout. More -.BR \-v 's -give more output. Also, version information is printed at startup. -.TP -.B \-debug -Same as -.BR \-verbose . -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -This example converts a baseline JPEG file to progressive form: -.IP -.B jpegtran \-progressive -.I foo.jpg -.B > -.I fooprog.jpg -.PP -This example rotates an image 90 degrees clockwise, discarding any -unrotatable edge pixels: -.IP -.B jpegtran \-rot 90 -trim -.I foo.jpg -.B > -.I foo90.jpg -.SH ENVIRONMENT -.TP -.B JPEGMEM -If this environment variable is set, its value is the default memory limit. -The value is specified as described for the -.B \-maxmemory -switch. -.B JPEGMEM -overrides the default value specified when the program was compiled, and -itself is overridden by an explicit -.BR \-maxmemory . -.SH SEE ALSO -.BR cjpeg (1), -.BR djpeg (1), -.BR rdjpgcom (1), -.BR wrjpgcom (1) -.br -Wallace, Gregory K. "The JPEG Still Picture Compression Standard", -Communications of the ACM, April 1991 (vol. 34, no. 4), pp. 30-44. -.SH AUTHOR -Independent JPEG Group -.SH BUGS -The transform options can't transform odd-size images perfectly. Use -.B \-trim -or -.B \-perfect -if you don't like the results. -.PP -The entire image is read into memory and then written out again, even in -cases where this isn't really necessary. Expect swapping on large images, -especially when using the more complex transform options. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/libtool.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/libtool.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 08b1186..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/libtool.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,365 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.40.4. -.TH LIBTOOL "1" "October 2011" "libtool 2.4.2" "User Commands" -.SH NAME -libtool \- manual page for libtool 2.4.2 -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B libtool -[\fIOPTION\fR]... [\fIMODE-ARG\fR]... -.br -.B libtool -[\fIOPTION\fR]... \fI--mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND\fR... \fISOURCEFILE\fR -.br -.B libtool -[\fIOPTION\fR]... \fI--mode=link LINK-COMMAND\fR... -.br -.B libtool -[\fIOPTION\fR]... \fI--mode=execute COMMAND \fR[\fIARGS\fR]... -.br -.B libtool -[\fIOPTION\fR]... \fI--mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND\fR... -.br -.B libtool -[\fIOPTION\fR]... \fI--mode=finish \fR[\fILIBDIR\fR]... -.br -.B libtool -[\fIOPTION\fR]... \fI--mode=uninstall RM \fR[\fIRM-OPTION\fR]... \fIFILE\fR... -.br -.B libtool -[\fIOPTION\fR]... \fI--mode=clean RM \fR[\fIRM-OPTION\fR]... \fIFILE\fR... -.SH DESCRIPTION -Provide generalized library\-building support services. -.TP -\fB\-\-config\fR -show all configuration variables -.TP -\fB\-\-debug\fR -enable verbose shell tracing -.TP -\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-dry\-run\fR -display commands without modifying any files -.TP -\fB\-\-features\fR -display basic configuration information and exit -.TP -\fB\-\-mode\fR=\fIMODE\fR -use operation mode MODE -.TP -\fB\-\-preserve\-dup\-deps\fR -don't remove duplicate dependency libraries -.TP -\fB\-\-quiet\fR, \fB\-\-silent\fR -don't print informational messages -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-quiet\fR, \fB\-\-no\-silent\fR -print informational messages (default) -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-warn\fR -don't display warning messages -.TP -\fB\-\-tag\fR=\fITAG\fR -use configuration variables from tag TAG -.TP -\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR -print more informational messages than default -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-verbose\fR -don't print the extra informational messages -.TP -\fB\-\-version\fR -print version information -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR, \fB\-\-help\-all\fR -print short, long, or detailed help message -.PP -MODE must be one of the following: -.TP -clean -remove files from the build directory -.TP -compile -compile a source file into a libtool object -.TP -execute -automatically set library path, then run a program -.TP -finish -complete the installation of libtool libraries -.TP -install -install libraries or executables -.TP -link -create a library or an executable -.TP -uninstall -remove libraries from an installed directory -.PP -MODE\-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. When passed as first option, -`\-\-mode=MODE' may be abbreviated as `MODE' or a unique abbreviation of that. -.PP -GNU libtool home page: <http://www.gnu.org/software/libtool/>. -General help using GNU software: <http://www.gnu.org/gethelp/>. -.PP -Description of compile mode: -.PP -Compile a source file into a libtool library object. -.PP -This mode accepts the following additional options: -.TP -\fB\-o\fR OUTPUT\-FILE -set the output file name to OUTPUT\-FILE -.TP -\fB\-no\-suppress\fR -do not suppress compiler output for multiple passes -.TP -\fB\-prefer\-pic\fR -try to build PIC objects only -.TP -\fB\-prefer\-non\-pic\fR -try to build non\-PIC objects only -.TP -\fB\-shared\fR -do not build a `.o' file suitable for static linking -.TP -\fB\-static\fR -only build a `.o' file suitable for static linking -.TP -\fB\-Wc\fR,FLAG -pass FLAG directly to the compiler -.PP -COMPILE\-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a `standard' object file -from the given SOURCEFILE. -.PP -The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from -SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix `.c' with the -library object suffix, `.lo'. -.PP -Description of link mode: -.PP -Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to -create an executable program. -.PP -LINK\-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create -a program from several object files. -.PP -The following components of LINK\-COMMAND are treated specially: -.TP -\fB\-all\-static\fR -do not do any dynamic linking at all -.TP -\fB\-avoid\-version\fR -do not add a version suffix if possible -.TP -\fB\-bindir\fR BINDIR -specify path to binaries directory (for systems where -libraries must be found in the PATH setting at runtime) -.TP -\fB\-dlopen\fR FILE -`\-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime -.TP -\fB\-dlpreopen\fR FILE -link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols -.TP -\fB\-export\-dynamic\fR -allow symbols from OUTPUT\-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3) -.TP -\fB\-export\-symbols\fR SYMFILE -try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE -.TP -\fB\-export\-symbols\-regex\fR REGEX -try to export only the symbols matching REGEX -.TP -\fB\-LLIBDIR\fR -search LIBDIR for required installed libraries -.TP -\fB\-lNAME\fR -OUTPUT\-FILE requires the installed library libNAME -.TP -\fB\-module\fR -build a library that can dlopened -.TP -\fB\-no\-fast\-install\fR -disable the fast\-install mode -.TP -\fB\-no\-install\fR -link a not\-installable executable -.TP -\fB\-no\-undefined\fR -declare that a library does not refer to external symbols -.TP -\fB\-o\fR OUTPUT\-FILE -create OUTPUT\-FILE from the specified objects -.TP -\fB\-objectlist\fR FILE -Use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects -.TP -\fB\-precious\-files\-regex\fR REGEX -don't remove output files matching REGEX -.TP -\fB\-release\fR RELEASE -specify package release information -.TP -\fB\-rpath\fR LIBDIR -the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR -.TP -\fB\-R[\fR ]LIBDIR -add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries -.TP -\fB\-shared\fR -only do dynamic linking of libtool libraries -.TP -\fB\-shrext\fR SUFFIX -override the standard shared library file extension -.TP -\fB\-static\fR -do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries -.TP -\fB\-static\-libtool\-libs\fR -do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries -.TP -\fB\-version\-info\fR CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]] -specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0] -.TP -\fB\-weak\fR LIBNAME -declare that the target provides the LIBNAME interface -.HP -\fB\-Wc\fR,FLAG -.TP -\fB\-Xcompiler\fR FLAG -pass linker\-specific FLAG directly to the compiler -.HP -\fB\-Wl\fR,FLAG -.TP -\fB\-Xlinker\fR FLAG -pass linker\-specific FLAG directly to the linker -.TP -\fB\-XCClinker\fR FLAG -pass link\-specific FLAG to the compiler driver (CC) -.PP -All other options (arguments beginning with `\-') are ignored. -.PP -Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in `.la' are -treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library -object files. -.PP -If the OUTPUT\-FILE ends in `.la', then a libtool library is created, -only library objects (`.lo' files) may be specified, and `\-rpath' is -required, except when creating a convenience library. -.PP -If OUTPUT\-FILE ends in `.a' or `.lib', then a standard library is created -using `ar' and `ranlib', or on Windows using `lib'. -.PP -If OUTPUT\-FILE ends in `.lo' or `.o', then a reloadable object file -is created, otherwise an executable program is created. -.PP -Description of execute mode: -.PP -Automatically set library path, then run a program. -.PP -This mode accepts the following additional options: -.TP -\fB\-dlopen\fR FILE -add the directory containing FILE to the library path -.PP -This mode sets the library path environment variable according to `\-dlopen' -flags. -.PP -If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated -into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library -directories are added to the library path. -.PP -Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments. -.PP -Description of install mode: -.PP -Install executables or libraries. -.PP -INSTALL\-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be -either the `install' or `cp' program. -.PP -The following components of INSTALL\-COMMAND are treated specially: -.TP -\fB\-inst\-prefix\-dir\fR PREFIX\-DIR -Use PREFIX\-DIR as a staging area for installation -.PP -The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only -BSD\-compatible install options are recognized). -.PP -Description of finish mode: -.PP -Complete the installation of libtool libraries. -.PP -Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries. -.PP -The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use -the `\-\-dry\-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed. -.PP -Description of uninstall mode: -.PP -Remove libraries from an installation directory. -.PP -RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE -(typically `/bin/rm'). RM\-OPTIONS are options (such as `\-f') to be passed -to RM. -.PP -If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted. -Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM. -.PP -Description of clean mode: -.PP -Remove files from the build directory. -.PP -RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE -(typically `/bin/rm'). RM\-OPTIONS are options (such as `\-f') to be passed -to RM. -.PP -If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated -with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM. -.PP -When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and -include the following information: -.TP -host\-triplet: -x86_64\-apple\-darwin11.2.0 -.TP -shell: -/bin/sh -.TP -compiler: -gcc -.TP -compiler flags: -\fB\-g\fR \fB\-O2\fR -.TP -linker: -/usr/llvm\-gcc\-4.2/libexec/gcc/i686\-apple\-darwin11/4.2.1/ld (gnu? no) -.TP -libtool: -(GNU libtool) 2.4.2 -.TP -automake: -automake (GNU automake) 1.11.1 -.TP -autoconf: -autoconf (GNU Autoconf) 2.68 -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996 -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug\-libtool@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.br -This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO -warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B libtool -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B libtool -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info libtool -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/libtoolize.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/libtoolize.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 1e53702..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/libtoolize.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.40.4. -.TH LIBTOOLIZE "1" "October 2011" "libtoolize 2.4.1a" "User Commands" -.SH NAME -libtoolize \- manual page for libtoolize 2.4.1a -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B libtoolize -[\fIOPTION\fR]... -.SH DESCRIPTION -Prepare a package to use libtool. -.TP -\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-copy\fR -copy files rather than symlinking them -.TP -\fB\-\-debug\fR -enable verbose shell tracing -.TP -\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-dry\-run\fR -print commands rather than running them -.TP -\fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-force\fR -replace existing files -.TP -\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-install\fR -copy missing auxiliary files -.TP -\fB\-\-ltdl\fR[=\fIDIR\fR] -install libltdl sources [default: libltdl] -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-warn\fR -don't display warning messages -.TP -\fB\-\-nonrecursive\fR -prepare ltdl for non\-recursive make -.TP -\fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR -work silently -.TP -\fB\-\-recursive\fR -prepare ltdl for recursive make -.TP -\fB\-\-subproject\fR -prepare ltdl to configure and build independently -.TP -\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR -verbosely report processing -.TP -\fB\-\-version\fR -print version information and exit -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -print short or long help message -.PP -The following space or comma delimited options can be passed to libtoolize -via the environment variable LIBTOOLIZE_OPTIONS, unknown environment -options are ignored: -.TP -\fB\-\-debug\fR -enable verbose shell tracing -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-warn\fR -don't display warning messages -.TP -\fB\-\-quiet\fR -work silently -.TP -\fB\-\-verbose\fR -verbosely report processing -.PP -You must `cd' to the top directory of your package before you run -`libtoolize'. -.PP -When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and -include the following information: -.TP -host\-triplet: -x86_64\-apple\-darwin11.2.0 -.TP -libtoolize: -(GNU libtool) 2.4.1a -.TP -automake: -automake (GNU automake) 1.11.1 -.TP -autoconf: -autoconf (GNU Autoconf) 2.68 -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Gary V. Vaughan <gary@gnu.org>, 2003 -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug\-libtool@gnu.org>. -.br -GNU libtool home page: <http://www.gnu.org/software/libtool/>. -.br -General help using GNU software: <http://www.gnu.org/gethelp/>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.br -This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO -warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B libtoolize -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B libtoolize -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info libtoolize -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgattrib.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgattrib.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 6a083db..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgattrib.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,164 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH MSGATTRIB "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-tools 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -msgattrib \- attribute matching and manipulation on message catalog -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B msgattrib -[\fIOPTION\fR] [\fIINPUTFILE\fR] -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -.PP -Filters the messages of a translation catalog according to their attributes, -and manipulates the attributes. -.PP -Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -.SS "Input file location:" -.TP -INPUTFILE -input PO file -.TP -\fB\-D\fR, \fB\-\-directory\fR=\fIDIRECTORY\fR -add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -.PP -If no input file is given or if it is -, standard input is read. -.SS "Output file location:" -.TP -\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\-file\fR=\fIFILE\fR -write output to specified file -.PP -The results are written to standard output if no output file is specified -or if it is -. -.SS "Message selection:" -.TP -\fB\-\-translated\fR -keep translated, remove untranslated messages -.TP -\fB\-\-untranslated\fR -keep untranslated, remove translated messages -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-fuzzy\fR -remove 'fuzzy' marked messages -.TP -\fB\-\-only\-fuzzy\fR -keep 'fuzzy' marked messages -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-obsolete\fR -remove obsolete #~ messages -.TP -\fB\-\-only\-obsolete\fR -keep obsolete #~ messages -.SS "Attribute manipulation:" -.TP -\fB\-\-set\-fuzzy\fR -set all messages 'fuzzy' -.TP -\fB\-\-clear\-fuzzy\fR -set all messages non-'fuzzy' -.TP -\fB\-\-set\-obsolete\fR -set all messages obsolete -.TP -\fB\-\-clear\-obsolete\fR -set all messages non-obsolete -.TP -\fB\-\-clear\-previous\fR -remove the "previous msgid" from all messages -.TP -\fB\-\-only\-file\fR=\fIFILE\fR.po -manipulate only entries listed in FILE.po -.TP -\fB\-\-ignore\-file\fR=\fIFILE\fR.po -manipulate only entries not listed in FILE.po -.TP -\fB\-\-fuzzy\fR -synonym for \fB\-\-only\-fuzzy\fR \fB\-\-clear\-fuzzy\fR -.TP -\fB\-\-obsolete\fR -synonym for \fB\-\-only\-obsolete\fR \fB\-\-clear\-obsolete\fR -.SS "Input file syntax:" -.TP -\fB\-P\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-input\fR -input file is in Java .properties syntax -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-input\fR -input file is in NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings syntax -.SS "Output details:" -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR -use colors and other text attributes always -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR=\fIWHEN\fR -use colors and other text attributes if WHEN. -WHEN may be 'always', 'never', 'auto', or 'html'. -.TP -\fB\-\-style\fR=\fISTYLEFILE\fR -specify CSS style rule file for \fB\-\-color\fR -.TP -\fB\-e\fR, \fB\-\-no\-escape\fR -do not use C escapes in output (default) -.TP -\fB\-E\fR, \fB\-\-escape\fR -use C escapes in output, no extended chars -.TP -\fB\-\-force\-po\fR -write PO file even if empty -.TP -\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-indent\fR -write the .po file using indented style -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-location\fR -do not write '#: filename:line' lines -.TP -\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-add\-location\fR -generate '#: filename:line' lines (default) -.TP -\fB\-\-strict\fR -write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file -.TP -\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-output\fR -write out a Java .properties file -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-output\fR -write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings file -.TP -\fB\-w\fR, \fB\-\-width\fR=\fINUMBER\fR -set output page width -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-wrap\fR -do not break long message lines, longer than -the output page width, into several lines -.TP -\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-output\fR -generate sorted output -.TP -\fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-by\-file\fR -sort output by file location -.SS "Informative output:" -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -output version information and exit -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Bruno Haible. -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -.br -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B msgattrib -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B msgattrib -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info msgattrib -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgcat.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgcat.1 deleted file mode 100644 index ca31bbf..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgcat.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,151 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH MSGCAT "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-tools 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -msgcat \- combines several message catalogs -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B msgcat -[\fIOPTION\fR] [\fIINPUTFILE\fR]... -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -.PP -Concatenates and merges the specified PO files. -Find messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO files. -By using the \fB\-\-more\-than\fR option, greater commonality may be requested -before messages are printed. Conversely, the \fB\-\-less\-than\fR option may be -used to specify less commonality before messages are printed (i.e. -\fB\-\-less\-than\fR=\fI2\fR will only print the unique messages). Translations, -comments and extract comments will be cumulated, except that if \fB\-\-use\-first\fR -is specified, they will be taken from the first PO file to define them. -File positions from all PO files will be cumulated. -.PP -Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -.SS "Input file location:" -.TP -INPUTFILE ... -input files -.TP -\fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-files\-from\fR=\fIFILE\fR -get list of input files from FILE -.TP -\fB\-D\fR, \fB\-\-directory\fR=\fIDIRECTORY\fR -add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -.PP -If input file is -, standard input is read. -.SS "Output file location:" -.TP -\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\-file\fR=\fIFILE\fR -write output to specified file -.PP -The results are written to standard output if no output file is specified -or if it is -. -.SS "Message selection:" -.TP --<, \fB\-\-less\-than\fR=\fINUMBER\fR -print messages with less than this many -definitions, defaults to infinite if not set -.TP -->, \fB\-\-more\-than\fR=\fINUMBER\fR -print messages with more than this many -definitions, defaults to 0 if not set -.TP -\fB\-u\fR, \fB\-\-unique\fR -shorthand for \fB\-\-less\-than\fR=\fI2\fR, requests -that only unique messages be printed -.SS "Input file syntax:" -.TP -\fB\-P\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-input\fR -input files are in Java .properties syntax -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-input\fR -input files are in NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings -syntax -.SS "Output details:" -.TP -\fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-to\-code\fR=\fINAME\fR -encoding for output -.TP -\fB\-\-use\-first\fR -use first available translation for each -message, don't merge several translations -.TP -\fB\-\-lang\fR=\fICATALOGNAME\fR -set 'Language' field in the header entry -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR -use colors and other text attributes always -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR=\fIWHEN\fR -use colors and other text attributes if WHEN. -WHEN may be 'always', 'never', 'auto', or 'html'. -.TP -\fB\-\-style\fR=\fISTYLEFILE\fR -specify CSS style rule file for \fB\-\-color\fR -.TP -\fB\-e\fR, \fB\-\-no\-escape\fR -do not use C escapes in output (default) -.TP -\fB\-E\fR, \fB\-\-escape\fR -use C escapes in output, no extended chars -.TP -\fB\-\-force\-po\fR -write PO file even if empty -.TP -\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-indent\fR -write the .po file using indented style -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-location\fR -do not write '#: filename:line' lines -.TP -\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-add\-location\fR -generate '#: filename:line' lines (default) -.TP -\fB\-\-strict\fR -write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file -.TP -\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-output\fR -write out a Java .properties file -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-output\fR -write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings file -.TP -\fB\-w\fR, \fB\-\-width\fR=\fINUMBER\fR -set output page width -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-wrap\fR -do not break long message lines, longer than -the output page width, into several lines -.TP -\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-output\fR -generate sorted output -.TP -\fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-by\-file\fR -sort output by file location -.SS "Informative output:" -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -output version information and exit -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Bruno Haible. -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -.br -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B msgcat -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B msgcat -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info msgcat -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgcmp.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgcmp.1 deleted file mode 100644 index da0267c..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgcmp.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH MSGCMP "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-tools 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -msgcmp \- compare message catalog and template -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B msgcmp -[\fIOPTION\fR] \fIdef.po ref.pot\fR -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -.PP -Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same -set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the -translations. The ref.pot file is the last created PO file, or a PO Template -file (generally created by xgettext). This is useful for checking that -you have translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact -match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics. -.PP -Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -.SS "Input file location:" -.TP -def.po -translations -.TP -ref.pot -references to the sources -.TP -\fB\-D\fR, \fB\-\-directory\fR=\fIDIRECTORY\fR -add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -.SS "Operation modifiers:" -.TP -\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-multi\-domain\fR -apply ref.pot to each of the domains in def.po -.TP -\fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-no\-fuzzy\-matching\fR -do not use fuzzy matching -.TP -\fB\-\-use\-fuzzy\fR -consider fuzzy entries -.TP -\fB\-\-use\-untranslated\fR -consider untranslated entries -.SS "Input file syntax:" -.TP -\fB\-P\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-input\fR -input files are in Java .properties syntax -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-input\fR -input files are in NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings -syntax -.SS "Informative output:" -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -output version information and exit -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Peter Miller. -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995-1998, 2000-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -.br -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B msgcmp -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B msgcmp -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info msgcmp -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgcomm.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgcomm.1 deleted file mode 100644 index c7b95d2..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgcomm.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH MSGCOMM "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-tools 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -msgcomm \- match two message catalogs -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B msgcomm -[\fIOPTION\fR] [\fIINPUTFILE\fR]... -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -.PP -Find messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO files. -By using the \fB\-\-more\-than\fR option, greater commonality may be requested -before messages are printed. Conversely, the \fB\-\-less\-than\fR option may be -used to specify less commonality before messages are printed (i.e. -\fB\-\-less\-than\fR=\fI2\fR will only print the unique messages). Translations, -comments and extract comments will be preserved, but only from the first -PO file to define them. File positions from all PO files will be -cumulated. -.PP -Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -.SS "Input file location:" -.TP -INPUTFILE ... -input files -.TP -\fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-files\-from\fR=\fIFILE\fR -get list of input files from FILE -.TP -\fB\-D\fR, \fB\-\-directory\fR=\fIDIRECTORY\fR -add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -.PP -If input file is -, standard input is read. -.SS "Output file location:" -.TP -\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\-file\fR=\fIFILE\fR -write output to specified file -.PP -The results are written to standard output if no output file is specified -or if it is -. -.SS "Message selection:" -.TP --<, \fB\-\-less\-than\fR=\fINUMBER\fR -print messages with less than this many -definitions, defaults to infinite if not set -.TP -->, \fB\-\-more\-than\fR=\fINUMBER\fR -print messages with more than this many -definitions, defaults to 1 if not set -.TP -\fB\-u\fR, \fB\-\-unique\fR -shorthand for \fB\-\-less\-than\fR=\fI2\fR, requests -that only unique messages be printed -.SS "Input file syntax:" -.TP -\fB\-P\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-input\fR -input files are in Java .properties syntax -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-input\fR -input files are in NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings -syntax -.SS "Output details:" -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR -use colors and other text attributes always -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR=\fIWHEN\fR -use colors and other text attributes if WHEN. -WHEN may be 'always', 'never', 'auto', or 'html'. -.TP -\fB\-\-style\fR=\fISTYLEFILE\fR -specify CSS style rule file for \fB\-\-color\fR -.TP -\fB\-e\fR, \fB\-\-no\-escape\fR -do not use C escapes in output (default) -.TP -\fB\-E\fR, \fB\-\-escape\fR -use C escapes in output, no extended chars -.TP -\fB\-\-force\-po\fR -write PO file even if empty -.TP -\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-indent\fR -write the .po file using indented style -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-location\fR -do not write '#: filename:line' lines -.TP -\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-add\-location\fR -generate '#: filename:line' lines (default) -.TP -\fB\-\-strict\fR -write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file -.TP -\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-output\fR -write out a Java .properties file -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-output\fR -write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings file -.TP -\fB\-w\fR, \fB\-\-width\fR=\fINUMBER\fR -set output page width -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-wrap\fR -do not break long message lines, longer than -the output page width, into several lines -.TP -\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-output\fR -generate sorted output -.TP -\fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-by\-file\fR -sort output by file location -.TP -\fB\-\-omit\-header\fR -don't write header with `msgid ""' entry -.SS "Informative output:" -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -output version information and exit -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Peter Miller. -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995-1998, 2000-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -.br -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B msgcomm -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B msgcomm -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info msgcomm -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgconv.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgconv.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 6c740c2..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgconv.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,122 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH MSGCONV "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-tools 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -msgconv \- character set conversion for message catalog -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B msgconv -[\fIOPTION\fR] [\fIINPUTFILE\fR] -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -.PP -Converts a translation catalog to a different character encoding. -.PP -Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -.SS "Input file location:" -.TP -INPUTFILE -input PO file -.TP -\fB\-D\fR, \fB\-\-directory\fR=\fIDIRECTORY\fR -add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -.PP -If no input file is given or if it is -, standard input is read. -.SS "Output file location:" -.TP -\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\-file\fR=\fIFILE\fR -write output to specified file -.PP -The results are written to standard output if no output file is specified -or if it is -. -.SS "Conversion target:" -.TP -\fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-to\-code\fR=\fINAME\fR -encoding for output -.PP -The default encoding is the current locale's encoding. -.SS "Input file syntax:" -.TP -\fB\-P\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-input\fR -input file is in Java .properties syntax -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-input\fR -input file is in NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings syntax -.SS "Output details:" -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR -use colors and other text attributes always -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR=\fIWHEN\fR -use colors and other text attributes if WHEN. -WHEN may be 'always', 'never', 'auto', or 'html'. -.TP -\fB\-\-style\fR=\fISTYLEFILE\fR -specify CSS style rule file for \fB\-\-color\fR -.TP -\fB\-e\fR, \fB\-\-no\-escape\fR -do not use C escapes in output (default) -.TP -\fB\-E\fR, \fB\-\-escape\fR -use C escapes in output, no extended chars -.TP -\fB\-\-force\-po\fR -write PO file even if empty -.TP -\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-indent\fR -indented output style -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-location\fR -suppress '#: filename:line' lines -.TP -\fB\-\-add\-location\fR -preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default) -.TP -\fB\-\-strict\fR -strict Uniforum output style -.TP -\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-output\fR -write out a Java .properties file -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-output\fR -write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings file -.TP -\fB\-w\fR, \fB\-\-width\fR=\fINUMBER\fR -set output page width -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-wrap\fR -do not break long message lines, longer than -the output page width, into several lines -.TP -\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-output\fR -generate sorted output -.TP -\fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-by\-file\fR -sort output by file location -.SS "Informative output:" -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -output version information and exit -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Bruno Haible. -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -.br -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B msgconv -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B msgconv -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info msgconv -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgen.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgen.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 6b634bd..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgen.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,122 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH MSGEN "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-tools 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -msgen \- create English message catalog -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B msgen -[\fIOPTION\fR] \fIINPUTFILE\fR -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -.PP -Creates an English translation catalog. The input file is the last -created English PO file, or a PO Template file (generally created by -xgettext). Untranslated entries are assigned a translation that is -identical to the msgid. -.PP -Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -.SS "Input file location:" -.TP -INPUTFILE -input PO or POT file -.TP -\fB\-D\fR, \fB\-\-directory\fR=\fIDIRECTORY\fR -add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -.PP -If input file is -, standard input is read. -.SS "Output file location:" -.TP -\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\-file\fR=\fIFILE\fR -write output to specified file -.PP -The results are written to standard output if no output file is specified -or if it is -. -.SS "Input file syntax:" -.TP -\fB\-P\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-input\fR -input file is in Java .properties syntax -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-input\fR -input file is in NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings syntax -.SS "Output details:" -.TP -\fB\-\-lang\fR=\fICATALOGNAME\fR -set 'Language' field in the header entry -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR -use colors and other text attributes always -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR=\fIWHEN\fR -use colors and other text attributes if WHEN. -WHEN may be 'always', 'never', 'auto', or 'html'. -.TP -\fB\-\-style\fR=\fISTYLEFILE\fR -specify CSS style rule file for \fB\-\-color\fR -.TP -\fB\-e\fR, \fB\-\-no\-escape\fR -do not use C escapes in output (default) -.TP -\fB\-E\fR, \fB\-\-escape\fR -use C escapes in output, no extended chars -.TP -\fB\-\-force\-po\fR -write PO file even if empty -.TP -\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-indent\fR -indented output style -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-location\fR -suppress '#: filename:line' lines -.TP -\fB\-\-add\-location\fR -preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default) -.TP -\fB\-\-strict\fR -strict Uniforum output style -.TP -\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-output\fR -write out a Java .properties file -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-output\fR -write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings file -.TP -\fB\-w\fR, \fB\-\-width\fR=\fINUMBER\fR -set output page width -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-wrap\fR -do not break long message lines, longer than -the output page width, into several lines -.TP -\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-output\fR -generate sorted output -.TP -\fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-by\-file\fR -sort output by file location -.SS "Informative output:" -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -output version information and exit -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Bruno Haible. -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -.br -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B msgen -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B msgen -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info msgen -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgexec.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgexec.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 6567a0a..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgexec.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH MSGEXEC "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-tools 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -msgexec \- process translations of message catalog -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B msgexec -[\fIOPTION\fR] \fICOMMAND \fR[\fICOMMAND-OPTION\fR] -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -.PP -Applies a command to all translations of a translation catalog. -The COMMAND can be any program that reads a translation from standard -input. It is invoked once for each translation. Its output becomes -msgexec's output. msgexec's return code is the maximum return code -across all invocations. -.PP -A special builtin command called '0' outputs the translation, followed by a -null byte. The output of "msgexec 0" is suitable as input for "xargs \fB\-0\fR". -.PP -Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -.SS "Input file location:" -.TP -\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-input\fR=\fIINPUTFILE\fR -input PO file -.TP -\fB\-D\fR, \fB\-\-directory\fR=\fIDIRECTORY\fR -add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -.PP -If no input file is given or if it is -, standard input is read. -.SS "Input file syntax:" -.TP -\fB\-P\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-input\fR -input file is in Java .properties syntax -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-input\fR -input file is in NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings syntax -.SS "Informative output:" -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -output version information and exit -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Bruno Haible. -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -.br -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B msgexec -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B msgexec -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info msgexec -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgfilter.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgfilter.1 deleted file mode 100644 index a38fe83..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgfilter.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH MSGFILTER "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-tools 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -msgfilter \- edit translations of message catalog -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B msgfilter -[\fIOPTION\fR] \fIFILTER \fR[\fIFILTER-OPTION\fR] -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -.PP -Applies a filter to all translations of a translation catalog. -.PP -Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -.SS "Input file location:" -.TP -\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-input\fR=\fIINPUTFILE\fR -input PO file -.TP -\fB\-D\fR, \fB\-\-directory\fR=\fIDIRECTORY\fR -add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -.PP -If no input file is given or if it is -, standard input is read. -.SS "Output file location:" -.TP -\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\-file\fR=\fIFILE\fR -write output to specified file -.PP -The results are written to standard output if no output file is specified -or if it is -. -.PP -The FILTER can be any program that reads a translation from standard input -and writes a modified translation to standard output. -.SS "Useful FILTER-OPTIONs when the FILTER is 'sed':" -.TP -\fB\-e\fR, \fB\-\-expression\fR=\fISCRIPT\fR -add SCRIPT to the commands to be executed -.TP -\fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-file\fR=\fISCRIPTFILE\fR -add the contents of SCRIPTFILE to the commands -to be executed -.TP -\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR, \fB\-\-silent\fR -suppress automatic printing of pattern space -.SS "Input file syntax:" -.TP -\fB\-P\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-input\fR -input file is in Java .properties syntax -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-input\fR -input file is in NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings syntax -.SS "Output details:" -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR -use colors and other text attributes always -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR=\fIWHEN\fR -use colors and other text attributes if WHEN. -WHEN may be 'always', 'never', 'auto', or 'html'. -.TP -\fB\-\-style\fR=\fISTYLEFILE\fR -specify CSS style rule file for \fB\-\-color\fR -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-escape\fR -do not use C escapes in output (default) -.TP -\fB\-E\fR, \fB\-\-escape\fR -use C escapes in output, no extended chars -.TP -\fB\-\-force\-po\fR -write PO file even if empty -.TP -\fB\-\-indent\fR -indented output style -.TP -\fB\-\-keep\-header\fR -keep header entry unmodified, don't filter it -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-location\fR -suppress '#: filename:line' lines -.TP -\fB\-\-add\-location\fR -preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default) -.TP -\fB\-\-strict\fR -strict Uniforum output style -.TP -\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-output\fR -write out a Java .properties file -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-output\fR -write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings file -.TP -\fB\-w\fR, \fB\-\-width\fR=\fINUMBER\fR -set output page width -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-wrap\fR -do not break long message lines, longer than -the output page width, into several lines -.TP -\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-output\fR -generate sorted output -.TP -\fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-by\-file\fR -sort output by file location -.SS "Informative output:" -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -output version information and exit -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Bruno Haible. -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -.br -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B msgfilter -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B msgfilter -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info msgfilter -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgfmt.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgfmt.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 00266b9..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgfmt.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,163 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH MSGFMT "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-tools 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -msgfmt \- compile message catalog to binary format -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B msgfmt -[\fIOPTION\fR] \fIfilename.po \fR... -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -.PP -Generate binary message catalog from textual translation description. -.PP -Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -Similarly for optional arguments. -.SS "Input file location:" -.TP -filename.po ... -input files -.TP -\fB\-D\fR, \fB\-\-directory\fR=\fIDIRECTORY\fR -add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -.PP -If input file is -, standard input is read. -.SS "Operation mode:" -.TP -\fB\-j\fR, \fB\-\-java\fR -Java mode: generate a Java ResourceBundle class -.TP -\fB\-\-java2\fR -like \fB\-\-java\fR, and assume Java2 (JDK 1.2 or higher) -.TP -\fB\-\-csharp\fR -C# mode: generate a .NET .dll file -.TP -\fB\-\-csharp\-resources\fR -C# resources mode: generate a .NET .resources file -.TP -\fB\-\-tcl\fR -Tcl mode: generate a tcl/msgcat .msg file -.TP -\fB\-\-qt\fR -Qt mode: generate a Qt .qm file -.SS "Output file location:" -.TP -\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\-file\fR=\fIFILE\fR -write output to specified file -.TP -\fB\-\-strict\fR -enable strict Uniforum mode -.PP -If output file is -, output is written to standard output. -.SS "Output file location in Java mode:" -.TP -\fB\-r\fR, \fB\-\-resource\fR=\fIRESOURCE\fR -resource name -.TP -\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fILOCALE\fR -locale name, either language or language_COUNTRY -.TP -\fB\-d\fR DIRECTORY -base directory of classes directory hierarchy -.PP -The class name is determined by appending the locale name to the resource name, -separated with an underscore. The \fB\-d\fR option is mandatory. The class is -written under the specified directory. -.SS "Output file location in C# mode:" -.TP -\fB\-r\fR, \fB\-\-resource\fR=\fIRESOURCE\fR -resource name -.TP -\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fILOCALE\fR -locale name, either language or language_COUNTRY -.TP -\fB\-d\fR DIRECTORY -base directory for locale dependent .dll files -.PP -The \fB\-l\fR and \fB\-d\fR options are mandatory. The .dll file is written in a -subdirectory of the specified directory whose name depends on the locale. -.SS "Output file location in Tcl mode:" -.TP -\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fILOCALE\fR -locale name, either language or language_COUNTRY -.TP -\fB\-d\fR DIRECTORY -base directory of .msg message catalogs -.PP -The \fB\-l\fR and \fB\-d\fR options are mandatory. The .msg file is written in the -specified directory. -.SS "Input file syntax:" -.TP -\fB\-P\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-input\fR -input files are in Java .properties syntax -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-input\fR -input files are in NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings -syntax -.SS "Input file interpretation:" -.TP -\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-check\fR -perform all the checks implied by -\fB\-\-check\-format\fR, \fB\-\-check\-header\fR, \fB\-\-check\-domain\fR -.TP -\fB\-\-check\-format\fR -check language dependent format strings -.TP -\fB\-\-check\-header\fR -verify presence and contents of the header entry -.TP -\fB\-\-check\-domain\fR -check for conflicts between domain directives -and the \fB\-\-output\-file\fR option -.TP -\fB\-C\fR, \fB\-\-check\-compatibility\fR -check that GNU msgfmt behaves like X/Open msgfmt -.TP -\fB\-\-check\-accelerators\fR[=\fICHAR\fR] -check presence of keyboard accelerators for -menu items -.TP -\fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-use\-fuzzy\fR -use fuzzy entries in output -.SS "Output details:" -.TP -\fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-alignment\fR=\fINUMBER\fR -align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: 1) -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-hash\fR -binary file will not include the hash table -.SS "Informative output:" -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -output version information and exit -.TP -\fB\-\-statistics\fR -print statistics about translations -.TP -\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR -increase verbosity level -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Ulrich Drepper. -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995-1998, 2000-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -.br -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B msgfmt -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B msgfmt -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info msgfmt -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msggrep.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msggrep.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 26e5455..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msggrep.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH MSGGREP "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-tools 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -msggrep \- pattern matching on message catalog -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B msggrep -[\fIOPTION\fR] [\fIINPUTFILE\fR] -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -.PP -Extracts all messages of a translation catalog that match a given pattern -or belong to some given source files. -.PP -Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -.SS "Input file location:" -.TP -INPUTFILE -input PO file -.TP -\fB\-D\fR, \fB\-\-directory\fR=\fIDIRECTORY\fR -add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -.PP -If no input file is given or if it is -, standard input is read. -.SS "Output file location:" -.TP -\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\-file\fR=\fIFILE\fR -write output to specified file -.PP -The results are written to standard output if no output file is specified -or if it is -. -.SS "Message selection:" -.IP -[-N SOURCEFILE]... [-M DOMAINNAME]... -[-J MSGCTXT-PATTERN] [-K MSGID-PATTERN] [-T MSGSTR-PATTERN] -[-C COMMENT-PATTERN] [-X EXTRACTED-COMMENT-PATTERN] -.PP -A message is selected if it comes from one of the specified source files, -or if it comes from one of the specified domains, -or if \fB\-J\fR is given and its context (msgctxt) matches MSGCTXT-PATTERN, -or if \fB\-K\fR is given and its key (msgid or msgid_plural) matches MSGID-PATTERN, -or if \fB\-T\fR is given and its translation (msgstr) matches MSGSTR-PATTERN, -or if \fB\-C\fR is given and the translator's comment matches COMMENT-PATTERN, -or if \fB\-X\fR is given and the extracted comment matches EXTRACTED-COMMENT-PATTERN. -.PP -When more than one selection criterion is specified, the set of selected -messages is the union of the selected messages of each criterion. -.PP -MSGCTXT-PATTERN or MSGID-PATTERN or MSGSTR-PATTERN or COMMENT-PATTERN or -EXTRACTED-COMMENT-PATTERN syntax: -.IP -[-E | \fB\-F]\fR [-e PATTERN | \fB\-f\fR FILE]... -.PP -PATTERNs are basic regular expressions by default, or extended regular -expressions if \fB\-E\fR is given, or fixed strings if \fB\-F\fR is given. -.TP -\fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-location\fR=\fISOURCEFILE\fR -select messages extracted from SOURCEFILE -.TP -\fB\-M\fR, \fB\-\-domain\fR=\fIDOMAINNAME\fR -select messages belonging to domain DOMAINNAME -.TP -\fB\-J\fR, \fB\-\-msgctxt\fR -start of patterns for the msgctxt -.TP -\fB\-K\fR, \fB\-\-msgid\fR -start of patterns for the msgid -.TP -\fB\-T\fR, \fB\-\-msgstr\fR -start of patterns for the msgstr -.TP -\fB\-C\fR, \fB\-\-comment\fR -start of patterns for the translator's comment -.TP -\fB\-X\fR, \fB\-\-extracted\-comment\fR -start of patterns for the extracted comment -.TP -\fB\-E\fR, \fB\-\-extended\-regexp\fR -PATTERN is an extended regular expression -.TP -\fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-fixed\-strings\fR -PATTERN is a set of newline-separated strings -.TP -\fB\-e\fR, \fB\-\-regexp\fR=\fIPATTERN\fR -use PATTERN as a regular expression -.TP -\fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-file\fR=\fIFILE\fR -obtain PATTERN from FILE -.TP -\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-ignore\-case\fR -ignore case distinctions -.TP -\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-invert\-match\fR -output only the messages that do not match any -selection criterion -.SS "Input file syntax:" -.TP -\fB\-P\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-input\fR -input file is in Java .properties syntax -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-input\fR -input file is in NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings syntax -.SS "Output details:" -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR -use colors and other text attributes always -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR=\fIWHEN\fR -use colors and other text attributes if WHEN. -WHEN may be 'always', 'never', 'auto', or 'html'. -.TP -\fB\-\-style\fR=\fISTYLEFILE\fR -specify CSS style rule file for \fB\-\-color\fR -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-escape\fR -do not use C escapes in output (default) -.TP -\fB\-\-escape\fR -use C escapes in output, no extended chars -.TP -\fB\-\-force\-po\fR -write PO file even if empty -.TP -\fB\-\-indent\fR -indented output style -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-location\fR -suppress '#: filename:line' lines -.TP -\fB\-\-add\-location\fR -preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default) -.TP -\fB\-\-strict\fR -strict Uniforum output style -.TP -\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-output\fR -write out a Java .properties file -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-output\fR -write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings file -.TP -\fB\-w\fR, \fB\-\-width\fR=\fINUMBER\fR -set output page width -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-wrap\fR -do not break long message lines, longer than -the output page width, into several lines -.TP -\fB\-\-sort\-output\fR -generate sorted output -.TP -\fB\-\-sort\-by\-file\fR -sort output by file location -.SS "Informative output:" -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -output version information and exit -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Bruno Haible. -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -.br -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B msggrep -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B msggrep -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info msggrep -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msginit.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msginit.1 deleted file mode 100644 index cecb919..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msginit.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH MSGINIT "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-tools 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -msginit \- initialize a message catalog -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B msginit -[\fIOPTION\fR] -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -.PP -Creates a new PO file, initializing the meta information with values from the -user's environment. -.PP -Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -.SS "Input file location:" -.TP -\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-input\fR=\fIINPUTFILE\fR -input POT file -.PP -If no input file is given, the current directory is searched for the POT file. -If it is -, standard input is read. -.SS "Output file location:" -.TP -\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\-file\fR=\fIFILE\fR -write output to specified PO file -.PP -If no output file is given, it depends on the \fB\-\-locale\fR option or the user's -locale setting. If it is -, the results are written to standard output. -.SS "Input file syntax:" -.TP -\fB\-P\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-input\fR -input file is in Java .properties syntax -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-input\fR -input file is in NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings syntax -.SS "Output details:" -.TP -\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fILL_CC\fR -set target locale -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-translator\fR -assume the PO file is automatically generated -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR -use colors and other text attributes always -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR=\fIWHEN\fR -use colors and other text attributes if WHEN. -WHEN may be 'always', 'never', 'auto', or 'html'. -.TP -\fB\-\-style\fR=\fISTYLEFILE\fR -specify CSS style rule file for \fB\-\-color\fR -.TP -\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-output\fR -write out a Java .properties file -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-output\fR -write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings file -.TP -\fB\-w\fR, \fB\-\-width\fR=\fINUMBER\fR -set output page width -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-wrap\fR -do not break long message lines, longer than -the output page width, into several lines -.SS "Informative output:" -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -output version information and exit -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Bruno Haible. -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -.br -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B msginit -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B msginit -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info msginit -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgmerge.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgmerge.1 deleted file mode 100644 index fbf202f..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgmerge.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH MSGMERGE "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-tools 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -msgmerge \- merge message catalog and template -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B msgmerge -[\fIOPTION\fR] \fIdef.po ref.pot\fR -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -.PP -Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an -existing PO file with translations which will be taken over to the newly -created file as long as they still match; comments will be preserved, -but extracted comments and file positions will be discarded. The ref.pot -file is the last created PO file with up-to-date source references but -old translations, or a PO Template file (generally created by xgettext); -any translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot -comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match -cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. -.PP -Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -.SS "Input file location:" -.TP -def.po -translations referring to old sources -.TP -ref.pot -references to new sources -.TP -\fB\-D\fR, \fB\-\-directory\fR=\fIDIRECTORY\fR -add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -.TP -\fB\-C\fR, \fB\-\-compendium\fR=\fIFILE\fR -additional library of message translations, -may be specified more than once -.SS "Operation mode:" -.TP -\fB\-U\fR, \fB\-\-update\fR -update def.po, -do nothing if def.po already up to date -.SS "Output file location:" -.TP -\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\-file\fR=\fIFILE\fR -write output to specified file -.PP -The results are written to standard output if no output file is specified -or if it is -. -.PP -Output file location in update mode: -The result is written back to def.po. -.TP -\fB\-\-backup\fR=\fICONTROL\fR -make a backup of def.po -.TP -\fB\-\-suffix\fR=\fISUFFIX\fR -override the usual backup suffix -.PP -The version control method may be selected via the \fB\-\-backup\fR option or through -the VERSION_CONTROL environment variable. Here are the values: -.TP -none, off -never make backups (even if \fB\-\-backup\fR is given) -.TP -numbered, t -make numbered backups -.TP -existing, nil -numbered if numbered backups exist, simple otherwise -.TP -simple, never -always make simple backups -.PP -The backup suffix is `~', unless set with \fB\-\-suffix\fR or the SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX -environment variable. -.SS "Operation modifiers:" -.TP -\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-multi\-domain\fR -apply ref.pot to each of the domains in def.po -.TP -\fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-no\-fuzzy\-matching\fR -do not use fuzzy matching -.TP -\fB\-\-previous\fR -keep previous msgids of translated messages -.SS "Input file syntax:" -.TP -\fB\-P\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-input\fR -input files are in Java .properties syntax -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-input\fR -input files are in NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings -syntax -.SS "Output details:" -.TP -\fB\-\-lang\fR=\fICATALOGNAME\fR -set 'Language' field in the header entry -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR -use colors and other text attributes always -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR=\fIWHEN\fR -use colors and other text attributes if WHEN. -WHEN may be 'always', 'never', 'auto', or 'html'. -.TP -\fB\-\-style\fR=\fISTYLEFILE\fR -specify CSS style rule file for \fB\-\-color\fR -.TP -\fB\-e\fR, \fB\-\-no\-escape\fR -do not use C escapes in output (default) -.TP -\fB\-E\fR, \fB\-\-escape\fR -use C escapes in output, no extended chars -.TP -\fB\-\-force\-po\fR -write PO file even if empty -.TP -\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-indent\fR -indented output style -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-location\fR -suppress '#: filename:line' lines -.TP -\fB\-\-add\-location\fR -preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default) -.TP -\fB\-\-strict\fR -strict Uniforum output style -.TP -\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-output\fR -write out a Java .properties file -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-output\fR -write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings file -.TP -\fB\-w\fR, \fB\-\-width\fR=\fINUMBER\fR -set output page width -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-wrap\fR -do not break long message lines, longer than -the output page width, into several lines -.TP -\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-output\fR -generate sorted output -.TP -\fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-by\-file\fR -sort output by file location -.SS "Informative output:" -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -output version information and exit -.TP -\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR -increase verbosity level -.TP -\fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR, \fB\-\-silent\fR -suppress progress indicators -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Peter Miller. -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995-1998, 2000-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -.br -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B msgmerge -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B msgmerge -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info msgmerge -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgunfmt.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgunfmt.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 8d3613b..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msgunfmt.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,146 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH MSGUNFMT "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-tools 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -msgunfmt \- uncompile message catalog from binary format -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B msgunfmt -[\fIOPTION\fR] [\fIFILE\fR]... -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -.PP -Convert binary message catalog to Uniforum style .po file. -.PP -Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -.SS "Operation mode:" -.TP -\fB\-j\fR, \fB\-\-java\fR -Java mode: input is a Java ResourceBundle class -.TP -\fB\-\-csharp\fR -C# mode: input is a .NET .dll file -.TP -\fB\-\-csharp\-resources\fR -C# resources mode: input is a .NET .resources file -.TP -\fB\-\-tcl\fR -Tcl mode: input is a tcl/msgcat .msg file -.SS "Input file location:" -.TP -FILE ... -input .mo files -.PP -If no input file is given or if it is -, standard input is read. -.SS "Input file location in Java mode:" -.TP -\fB\-r\fR, \fB\-\-resource\fR=\fIRESOURCE\fR -resource name -.TP -\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fILOCALE\fR -locale name, either language or language_COUNTRY -.PP -The class name is determined by appending the locale name to the resource name, -separated with an underscore. The class is located using the CLASSPATH. -.SS "Input file location in C# mode:" -.TP -\fB\-r\fR, \fB\-\-resource\fR=\fIRESOURCE\fR -resource name -.TP -\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fILOCALE\fR -locale name, either language or language_COUNTRY -.TP -\fB\-d\fR DIRECTORY -base directory for locale dependent .dll files -.PP -The \fB\-l\fR and \fB\-d\fR options are mandatory. The .dll file is located in a -subdirectory of the specified directory whose name depends on the locale. -.SS "Input file location in Tcl mode:" -.TP -\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fILOCALE\fR -locale name, either language or language_COUNTRY -.TP -\fB\-d\fR DIRECTORY -base directory of .msg message catalogs -.PP -The \fB\-l\fR and \fB\-d\fR options are mandatory. The .msg file is located in the -specified directory. -.SS "Output file location:" -.TP -\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\-file\fR=\fIFILE\fR -write output to specified file -.PP -The results are written to standard output if no output file is specified -or if it is -. -.SS "Output details:" -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR -use colors and other text attributes always -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR=\fIWHEN\fR -use colors and other text attributes if WHEN. -WHEN may be 'always', 'never', 'auto', or 'html'. -.TP -\fB\-\-style\fR=\fISTYLEFILE\fR -specify CSS style rule file for \fB\-\-color\fR -.TP -\fB\-e\fR, \fB\-\-no\-escape\fR -do not use C escapes in output (default) -.TP -\fB\-E\fR, \fB\-\-escape\fR -use C escapes in output, no extended chars -.TP -\fB\-\-force\-po\fR -write PO file even if empty -.TP -\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-indent\fR -write indented output style -.TP -\fB\-\-strict\fR -write strict uniforum style -.TP -\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-output\fR -write out a Java .properties file -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-output\fR -write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings file -.TP -\fB\-w\fR, \fB\-\-width\fR=\fINUMBER\fR -set output page width -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-wrap\fR -do not break long message lines, longer than -the output page width, into several lines -.TP -\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-output\fR -generate sorted output -.SS "Informative output:" -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -output version information and exit -.TP -\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR -increase verbosity level -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Ulrich Drepper. -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995-1998, 2000-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -.br -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B msgunfmt -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B msgunfmt -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info msgunfmt -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msguniq.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msguniq.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 37a9792..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/msguniq.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH MSGUNIQ "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-tools 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -msguniq \- unify duplicate translations in message catalog -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B msguniq -[\fIOPTION\fR] [\fIINPUTFILE\fR] -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -.PP -Unifies duplicate translations in a translation catalog. -Finds duplicate translations of the same message ID. Such duplicates are -invalid input for other programs like msgfmt, msgmerge or msgcat. By -default, duplicates are merged together. When using the \fB\-\-repeated\fR option, -only duplicates are output, and all other messages are discarded. Comments -and extracted comments will be cumulated, except that if \fB\-\-use\-first\fR is -specified, they will be taken from the first translation. File positions -will be cumulated. When using the \fB\-\-unique\fR option, duplicates are discarded. -.PP -Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -.SS "Input file location:" -.TP -INPUTFILE -input PO file -.TP -\fB\-D\fR, \fB\-\-directory\fR=\fIDIRECTORY\fR -add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -.PP -If no input file is given or if it is -, standard input is read. -.SS "Output file location:" -.TP -\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\-file\fR=\fIFILE\fR -write output to specified file -.PP -The results are written to standard output if no output file is specified -or if it is -. -.SS "Message selection:" -.TP -\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-repeated\fR -print only duplicates -.TP -\fB\-u\fR, \fB\-\-unique\fR -print only unique messages, discard duplicates -.SS "Input file syntax:" -.TP -\fB\-P\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-input\fR -input file is in Java .properties syntax -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-input\fR -input file is in NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings syntax -.SS "Output details:" -.TP -\fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-to\-code\fR=\fINAME\fR -encoding for output -.TP -\fB\-\-use\-first\fR -use first available translation for each -message, don't merge several translations -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR -use colors and other text attributes always -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR=\fIWHEN\fR -use colors and other text attributes if WHEN. -WHEN may be 'always', 'never', 'auto', or 'html'. -.TP -\fB\-\-style\fR=\fISTYLEFILE\fR -specify CSS style rule file for \fB\-\-color\fR -.TP -\fB\-e\fR, \fB\-\-no\-escape\fR -do not use C escapes in output (default) -.TP -\fB\-E\fR, \fB\-\-escape\fR -use C escapes in output, no extended chars -.TP -\fB\-\-force\-po\fR -write PO file even if empty -.TP -\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-indent\fR -write the .po file using indented style -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-location\fR -do not write '#: filename:line' lines -.TP -\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-add\-location\fR -generate '#: filename:line' lines (default) -.TP -\fB\-\-strict\fR -write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file -.TP -\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-properties\-output\fR -write out a Java .properties file -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-output\fR -write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings file -.TP -\fB\-w\fR, \fB\-\-width\fR=\fINUMBER\fR -set output page width -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-wrap\fR -do not break long message lines, longer than -the output page width, into several lines -.TP -\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-output\fR -generate sorted output -.TP -\fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-by\-file\fR -sort output by file location -.SS "Informative output:" -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -output version information and exit -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Bruno Haible. -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -.br -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B msguniq -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B msguniq -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info msguniq -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/ngettext.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/ngettext.1 deleted file mode 100644 index ebc054e..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/ngettext.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH NGETTEXT "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -ngettext \- translate message and choose plural form -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B ngettext -[\fIOPTION\fR] [\fITEXTDOMAIN\fR] \fIMSGID MSGID-PLURAL COUNT\fR -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -The \fBngettext\fP program translates a natural language message into the -user's language, by looking up the translation in a message catalog, and -chooses the appropriate plural form, which depends on the number \fICOUNT\fP -and the language of the message catalog where the translation was found. -.PP -Display native language translation of a textual message whose grammatical -form depends on a number. -.TP -\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-domain\fR=\fITEXTDOMAIN\fR -retrieve translated message from TEXTDOMAIN -.TP -\fB\-e\fR -enable expansion of some escape sequences -.TP -\fB\-E\fR -(ignored for compatibility) -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -display version information and exit -.TP -[TEXTDOMAIN] -retrieve translated message from TEXTDOMAIN -.TP -MSGID MSGID-PLURAL -translate MSGID (singular) / MSGID-PLURAL (plural) -.TP -COUNT -choose singular/plural form based on this value -.PP -If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the -environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the -regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment -variable TEXTDOMAINDIR. -Standard search directory: /MinGW/share/locale -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Ulrich Drepper. -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995-1997, 2000-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -.br -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B ngettext -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B ngettext -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info ngettext -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/pal2rgb.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/pal2rgb.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 0ac2e5a..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/pal2rgb.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: pal2rgb.1,v 1.3 2005-11-02 11:07:19 dron Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1990-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH PAL2RGB 1 "September 20, 2005" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -pal2rgb \- convert a palette color -.SM TIFF -image to a full color image -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B pal2rgb -[ -.I options -] -.I input.tif -.I output.tif -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I Pal2rgb -converts a palette color -.SM TIFF -image to a full color image by -applying the colormap of the palette image to each sample -to generate a full color -.SM RGB -image. -.SH OPTIONS -Options that affect the interpretation of input data are: -.TP -.B \-C -This option overrides the default behavior of -.I pal2rgb -in determining whether or not -colormap entries contain 16-bit or 8-bit values. -By default the colormap is inspected and -if no colormap entry greater than 255 is found, -the colormap is assumed to have only 8-bit values; otherwise -16-bit values (as required by the -.SM TIFF -specification) are assumed. -The -.B \-C -option can be used to explicitly specify the number of -bits for colormap entries: -.B "\-C 8" -for 8-bit values, -.B "\-C 16" -for 16-bit values. -.PP -Options that affect the output file format are: -.TP -.B \-p -Explicitly select the planar configuration used in organizing -data samples in the output image: -.B "\-p contig" -for samples packed contiguously, and -.B "\-p separate" -for samples stored separately. -By default samples are packed. -.TP -.B \-c -Use the specific compression algorithm to encoded image data -in the output file: -.B "\-c packbits" -for Macintosh Packbits, -.B "\-c lzw" -for Lempel-Ziv & Welch, -.B "\-c zip" -for Deflate, -.B "\-c none" -for no compression. -If no compression-related option is specified, the input -file's compression algorithm is used. -.TP -.B \-r -Explicitly specify the number of rows in each strip of the -output file. -If the -.B \-r -option is not specified, a number is selected such that each -output strip has approximately 8 kilobytes of data in it. -.SH BUGS -Only 8-bit images are handled. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR tiffcp (1), -.BR tiffmedian (1), -.BR libtiff (3) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/pcre-config.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/pcre-config.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 666378c..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/pcre-config.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -.TH PCRE-CONFIG 1 "01 January 2012" "PCRE 8.30" -.SH NAME -pcre-config - program to return PCRE configuration -.SH SYNOPSIS -.rs -.sp -.B pcre-config [--prefix] [--exec-prefix] [--version] [--libs] -.ti +5n -.B [--libs16] [--libs-cpp] [--libs-posix] [--cflags] -.ti +5n -.B [--cflags-posix] -. -. -.SH DESCRIPTION -.rs -.sp -\fBpcre-config\fP returns the configuration of the installed PCRE -libraries and the options required to compile a program to use them. Some of -the options apply only to the 8-bit or 16-bit libraries, respectively, and are -not available if only one of those libraries has been built. If an unavailable -option is encountered, the "usage" information is output. -. -. -.SH OPTIONS -.rs -.TP 10 -\fB--prefix\fP -Writes the directory prefix used in the PCRE installation for architecture -independent files (\fI/usr\fP on many systems, \fI/usr/local\fP on some -systems) to the standard output. -.TP 10 -\fB--exec-prefix\fP -Writes the directory prefix used in the PCRE installation for architecture -dependent files (normally the same as \fB--prefix\fP) to the standard output. -.TP 10 -\fB--version\fP -Writes the version number of the installed PCRE libraries to the standard -output. -.TP 10 -\fB--libs\fP -Writes to the standard output the command line options required to link -with the 8-bit PCRE library (\fB-lpcre\fP on many systems). -.TP 10 -\fB--libs16\fP -Writes to the standard output the command line options required to link -with the 16-bit PCRE library (\fB-lpcre16\fP on many systems). -.TP 10 -\fB--libs-cpp\fP -Writes to the standard output the command line options required to link with -PCRE's C++ wrapper library (\fB-lpcrecpp\fP \fB-lpcre\fP on many -systems). -.TP 10 -\fB--libs-posix\fP -Writes to the standard output the command line options required to link with -PCRE's POSIX API wrapper library (\fB-lpcreposix\fP \fB-lpcre\fP on many -systems). -.TP 10 -\fB--cflags\fP -Writes to the standard output the command line options required to compile -files that use PCRE (this may include some \fB-I\fP options, but is blank on -many systems). -.TP 10 -\fB--cflags-posix\fP -Writes to the standard output the command line options required to compile -files that use PCRE's POSIX API wrapper library (this may include some \fB-I\fP -options, but is blank on many systems). -. -. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.rs -.sp -\fBpcre(3)\fP -. -. -.SH AUTHOR -.rs -.sp -This manual page was originally written by Mark Baker for the Debian GNU/Linux -system. It has been subsequently revised as a generic PCRE man page. -. -. -.SH REVISION -.rs -.sp -.nf -Last updated: 01 January 2012 -.fi diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/pcregrep.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/pcregrep.1 deleted file mode 100644 index fa31c1b..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/pcregrep.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,621 +0,0 @@ -.TH PCREGREP 1 "04 March 2012" "PCRE 8.31" -.SH NAME -pcregrep - a grep with Perl-compatible regular expressions. -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B pcregrep [options] [long options] [pattern] [path1 path2 ...] -. -.SH DESCRIPTION -.rs -.sp -\fBpcregrep\fP searches files for character patterns, in the same way as other -grep commands do, but it uses the PCRE regular expression library to support -patterns that are compatible with the regular expressions of Perl 5. See -.\" HREF -\fBpcrepattern\fP(3) -.\" -for a full description of syntax and semantics of the regular expressions -that PCRE supports. -.P -Patterns, whether supplied on the command line or in a separate file, are given -without delimiters. For example: -.sp - pcregrep Thursday /etc/motd -.sp -If you attempt to use delimiters (for example, by surrounding a pattern with -slashes, as is common in Perl scripts), they are interpreted as part of the -pattern. Quotes can of course be used to delimit patterns on the command line -because they are interpreted by the shell, and indeed they are required if a -pattern contains white space or shell metacharacters. -.P -The first argument that follows any option settings is treated as the single -pattern to be matched when neither \fB-e\fP nor \fB-f\fP is present. -Conversely, when one or both of these options are used to specify patterns, all -arguments are treated as path names. At least one of \fB-e\fP, \fB-f\fP, or an -argument pattern must be provided. -.P -If no files are specified, \fBpcregrep\fP reads the standard input. The -standard input can also be referenced by a name consisting of a single hyphen. -For example: -.sp - pcregrep some-pattern /file1 - /file3 -.sp -By default, each line that matches a pattern is copied to the standard -output, and if there is more than one file, the file name is output at the -start of each line, followed by a colon. However, there are options that can -change how \fBpcregrep\fP behaves. In particular, the \fB-M\fP option makes it -possible to search for patterns that span line boundaries. What defines a line -boundary is controlled by the \fB-N\fP (\fB--newline\fP) option. -.P -The amount of memory used for buffering files that are being scanned is -controlled by a parameter that can be set by the \fB--buffer-size\fP option. -The default value for this parameter is specified when \fBpcregrep\fP is built, -with the default default being 20K. A block of memory three times this size is -used (to allow for buffering "before" and "after" lines). An error occurs if a -line overflows the buffer. -.P -Patterns are limited to 8K or BUFSIZ bytes, whichever is the greater. BUFSIZ is -defined in \fB<stdio.h>\fP. When there is more than one pattern (specified by -the use of \fB-e\fP and/or \fB-f\fP), each pattern is applied to each line in -the order in which they are defined, except that all the \fB-e\fP patterns are -tried before the \fB-f\fP patterns. -.P -By default, as soon as one pattern matches (or fails to match when \fB-v\fP is -used), no further patterns are considered. However, if \fB--colour\fP (or -\fB--color\fP) is used to colour the matching substrings, or if -\fB--only-matching\fP, \fB--file-offsets\fP, or \fB--line-offsets\fP is used to -output only the part of the line that matched (either shown literally, or as an -offset), scanning resumes immediately following the match, so that further -matches on the same line can be found. If there are multiple patterns, they are -all tried on the remainder of the line, but patterns that follow the one that -matched are not tried on the earlier part of the line. -.P -This is the same behaviour as GNU grep, but it does mean that the order in -which multiple patterns are specified can affect the output when one of the -above options is used. -.P -Patterns that can match an empty string are accepted, but empty string -matches are never recognized. An example is the pattern "(super)?(man)?", in -which all components are optional. This pattern finds all occurrences of both -"super" and "man"; the output differs from matching with "super|man" when only -the matching substrings are being shown. -.P -If the \fBLC_ALL\fP or \fBLC_CTYPE\fP environment variable is set, -\fBpcregrep\fP uses the value to set a locale when calling the PCRE library. -The \fB--locale\fP option can be used to override this. -. -. -.SH "SUPPORT FOR COMPRESSED FILES" -.rs -.sp -It is possible to compile \fBpcregrep\fP so that it uses \fBlibz\fP or -\fBlibbz2\fP to read files whose names end in \fB.gz\fP or \fB.bz2\fP, -respectively. You can find out whether your binary has support for one or both -of these file types by running it with the \fB--help\fP option. If the -appropriate support is not present, files are treated as plain text. The -standard input is always so treated. -. -. -.SH "BINARY FILES" -.rs -.sp -By default, a file that contains a binary zero byte within the first 1024 bytes -is identified as a binary file, and is processed specially. (GNU grep also -identifies binary files in this manner.) See the \fB--binary-files\fP option -for a means of changing the way binary files are handled. -. -. -.SH OPTIONS -.rs -.sp -The order in which some of the options appear can affect the output. For -example, both the \fB-h\fP and \fB-l\fP options affect the printing of file -names. Whichever comes later in the command line will be the one that takes -effect. Numerical values for options may be followed by K or M, to signify -multiplication by 1024 or 1024*1024 respectively. -.TP 10 -\fB--\fP -This terminates the list of options. It is useful if the next item on the -command line starts with a hyphen but is not an option. This allows for the -processing of patterns and filenames that start with hyphens. -.TP -\fB-A\fP \fInumber\fP, \fB--after-context=\fP\fInumber\fP -Output \fInumber\fP lines of context after each matching line. If filenames -and/or line numbers are being output, a hyphen separator is used instead of a -colon for the context lines. A line containing "--" is output between each -group of lines, unless they are in fact contiguous in the input file. The value -of \fInumber\fP is expected to be relatively small. However, \fBpcregrep\fP -guarantees to have up to 8K of following text available for context output. -.TP -\fB-a\fP, \fB--text\fP -Treat binary files as text. This is equivalent to -\fB--binary-files\fP=\fItext\fP. -.TP -\fB-B\fP \fInumber\fP, \fB--before-context=\fP\fInumber\fP -Output \fInumber\fP lines of context before each matching line. If filenames -and/or line numbers are being output, a hyphen separator is used instead of a -colon for the context lines. A line containing "--" is output between each -group of lines, unless they are in fact contiguous in the input file. The value -of \fInumber\fP is expected to be relatively small. However, \fBpcregrep\fP -guarantees to have up to 8K of preceding text available for context output. -.TP -\fB--binary-files=\fP\fIword\fP -Specify how binary files are to be processed. If the word is "binary" (the -default), pattern matching is performed on binary files, but the only output is -"Binary file <name> matches" when a match succeeds. If the word is "text", -which is equivalent to the \fB-a\fP or \fB--text\fP option, binary files are -processed in the same way as any other file. In this case, when a match -succeeds, the output may be binary garbage, which can have nasty effects if -sent to a terminal. If the word is "without-match", which is equivalent to the -\fB-I\fP option, binary files are not processed at all; they are assumed not to -be of interest. -.TP -\fB--buffer-size=\fP\fInumber\fP -Set the parameter that controls how much memory is used for buffering files -that are being scanned. -.TP -\fB-C\fP \fInumber\fP, \fB--context=\fP\fInumber\fP -Output \fInumber\fP lines of context both before and after each matching line. -This is equivalent to setting both \fB-A\fP and \fB-B\fP to the same value. -.TP -\fB-c\fP, \fB--count\fP -Do not output individual lines from the files that are being scanned; instead -output the number of lines that would otherwise have been shown. If no lines -are selected, the number zero is output. If several files are are being -scanned, a count is output for each of them. However, if the -\fB--files-with-matches\fP option is also used, only those files whose counts -are greater than zero are listed. When \fB-c\fP is used, the \fB-A\fP, -\fB-B\fP, and \fB-C\fP options are ignored. -.TP -\fB--colour\fP, \fB--color\fP -If this option is given without any data, it is equivalent to "--colour=auto". -If data is required, it must be given in the same shell item, separated by an -equals sign. -.TP -\fB--colour=\fP\fIvalue\fP, \fB--color=\fP\fIvalue\fP -This option specifies under what circumstances the parts of a line that matched -a pattern should be coloured in the output. By default, the output is not -coloured. The value (which is optional, see above) may be "never", "always", or -"auto". In the latter case, colouring happens only if the standard output is -connected to a terminal. More resources are used when colouring is enabled, -because \fBpcregrep\fP has to search for all possible matches in a line, not -just one, in order to colour them all. -.sp -The colour that is used can be specified by setting the environment variable -PCREGREP_COLOUR or PCREGREP_COLOR. The value of this variable should be a -string of two numbers, separated by a semicolon. They are copied directly into -the control string for setting colour on a terminal, so it is your -responsibility to ensure that they make sense. If neither of the environment -variables is set, the default is "1;31", which gives red. -.TP -\fB-D\fP \fIaction\fP, \fB--devices=\fP\fIaction\fP -If an input path is not a regular file or a directory, "action" specifies how -it is to be processed. Valid values are "read" (the default) or "skip" -(silently skip the path). -.TP -\fB-d\fP \fIaction\fP, \fB--directories=\fP\fIaction\fP -If an input path is a directory, "action" specifies how it is to be processed. -Valid values are "read" (the default), "recurse" (equivalent to the \fB-r\fP -option), or "skip" (silently skip the path). In the default case, directories -are read as if they were ordinary files. In some operating systems the effect -of reading a directory like this is an immediate end-of-file. -.TP -\fB-e\fP \fIpattern\fP, \fB--regex=\fP\fIpattern\fP, \fB--regexp=\fP\fIpattern\fP -Specify a pattern to be matched. This option can be used multiple times in -order to specify several patterns. It can also be used as a way of specifying a -single pattern that starts with a hyphen. When \fB-e\fP is used, no argument -pattern is taken from the command line; all arguments are treated as file -names. There is an overall maximum of 100 patterns. They are applied to each -line in the order in which they are defined until one matches (or fails to -match if \fB-v\fP is used). If \fB-f\fP is used with \fB-e\fP, the command line -patterns are matched first, followed by the patterns from the file, independent -of the order in which these options are specified. Note that multiple use of -\fB-e\fP is not the same as a single pattern with alternatives. For example, -X|Y finds the first character in a line that is X or Y, whereas if the two -patterns are given separately, \fBpcregrep\fP finds X if it is present, even if -it follows Y in the line. It finds Y only if there is no X in the line. This -really matters only if you are using \fB-o\fP to show the part(s) of the line -that matched. -.TP -\fB--exclude\fP=\fIpattern\fP -When \fBpcregrep\fP is searching the files in a directory as a consequence of -the \fB-r\fP (recursive search) option, any regular files whose names match the -pattern are excluded. Subdirectories are not excluded by this option; they are -searched recursively, subject to the \fB--exclude-dir\fP and -\fB--include_dir\fP options. The pattern is a PCRE regular expression, and is -matched against the final component of the file name (not the entire path). If -a file name matches both \fB--include\fP and \fB--exclude\fP, it is excluded. -There is no short form for this option. -.TP -\fB--exclude-dir\fP=\fIpattern\fP -When \fBpcregrep\fP is searching the contents of a directory as a consequence -of the \fB-r\fP (recursive search) option, any subdirectories whose names match -the pattern are excluded. (Note that the \fP--exclude\fP option does not affect -subdirectories.) The pattern is a PCRE regular expression, and is matched -against the final component of the name (not the entire path). If a -subdirectory name matches both \fB--include-dir\fP and \fB--exclude-dir\fP, it -is excluded. There is no short form for this option. -.TP -\fB-F\fP, \fB--fixed-strings\fP -Interpret each pattern as a list of fixed strings, separated by newlines, -instead of as a regular expression. The \fB-w\fP (match as a word) and \fB-x\fP -(match whole line) options can be used with \fB-F\fP. They apply to each of the -fixed strings. A line is selected if any of the fixed strings are found in it -(subject to \fB-w\fP or \fB-x\fP, if present). -.TP -\fB-f\fP \fIfilename\fP, \fB--file=\fP\fIfilename\fP -Read a number of patterns from the file, one per line, and match them against -each line of input. A data line is output if any of the patterns match it. The -filename can be given as "-" to refer to the standard input. When \fB-f\fP is -used, patterns specified on the command line using \fB-e\fP may also be -present; they are tested before the file's patterns. However, no other pattern -is taken from the command line; all arguments are treated as the names of paths -to be searched. There is an overall maximum of 100 patterns. Trailing white -space is removed from each line, and blank lines are ignored. An empty file -contains no patterns and therefore matches nothing. See also the comments about -multiple patterns versus a single pattern with alternatives in the description -of \fB-e\fP above. -.TP -\fB--file-list\fP=\fIfilename\fP -Read a list of files to be searched from the given file, one per line. Trailing -white space is removed from each line, and blank lines are ignored. These files -are searched before any others that may be listed on the command line. The -filename can be given as "-" to refer to the standard input. If \fB--file\fP -and \fB--file-list\fP are both specified as "-", patterns are read first. This -is useful only when the standard input is a terminal, from which further lines -(the list of files) can be read after an end-of-file indication. -.TP -\fB--file-offsets\fP -Instead of showing lines or parts of lines that match, show each match as an -offset from the start of the file and a length, separated by a comma. In this -mode, no context is shown. That is, the \fB-A\fP, \fB-B\fP, and \fB-C\fP -options are ignored. If there is more than one match in a line, each of them is -shown separately. This option is mutually exclusive with \fB--line-offsets\fP -and \fB--only-matching\fP. -.TP -\fB-H\fP, \fB--with-filename\fP -Force the inclusion of the filename at the start of output lines when searching -a single file. By default, the filename is not shown in this case. For matching -lines, the filename is followed by a colon; for context lines, a hyphen -separator is used. If a line number is also being output, it follows the file -name. -.TP -\fB-h\fP, \fB--no-filename\fP -Suppress the output filenames when searching multiple files. By default, -filenames are shown when multiple files are searched. For matching lines, the -filename is followed by a colon; for context lines, a hyphen separator is used. -If a line number is also being output, it follows the file name. -.TP -\fB--help\fP -Output a help message, giving brief details of the command options and file -type support, and then exit. -.TP -\fB-I\fP -Treat binary files as never matching. This is equivalent to -\fB--binary-files\fP=\fIwithout-match\fP. -.TP -\fB-i\fP, \fB--ignore-case\fP -Ignore upper/lower case distinctions during comparisons. -.TP -\fB--include\fP=\fIpattern\fP -When \fBpcregrep\fP is searching the files in a directory as a consequence of -the \fB-r\fP (recursive search) option, only those regular files whose names -match the pattern are included. Subdirectories are always included and searched -recursively, subject to the \fP--include-dir\fP and \fB--exclude-dir\fP -options. The pattern is a PCRE regular expression, and is matched against the -final component of the file name (not the entire path). If a file name matches -both \fB--include\fP and \fB--exclude\fP, it is excluded. There is no short -form for this option. -.TP -\fB--include-dir\fP=\fIpattern\fP -When \fBpcregrep\fP is searching the contents of a directory as a consequence -of the \fB-r\fP (recursive search) option, only those subdirectories whose -names match the pattern are included. (Note that the \fB--include\fP option -does not affect subdirectories.) The pattern is a PCRE regular expression, and -is matched against the final component of the name (not the entire path). If a -subdirectory name matches both \fB--include-dir\fP and \fB--exclude-dir\fP, it -is excluded. There is no short form for this option. -.TP -\fB-L\fP, \fB--files-without-match\fP -Instead of outputting lines from the files, just output the names of the files -that do not contain any lines that would have been output. Each file name is -output once, on a separate line. -.TP -\fB-l\fP, \fB--files-with-matches\fP -Instead of outputting lines from the files, just output the names of the files -containing lines that would have been output. Each file name is output -once, on a separate line. Searching normally stops as soon as a matching line -is found in a file. However, if the \fB-c\fP (count) option is also used, -matching continues in order to obtain the correct count, and those files that -have at least one match are listed along with their counts. Using this option -with \fB-c\fP is a way of suppressing the listing of files with no matches. -.TP -\fB--label\fP=\fIname\fP -This option supplies a name to be used for the standard input when file names -are being output. If not supplied, "(standard input)" is used. There is no -short form for this option. -.TP -\fB--line-buffered\fP -When this option is given, input is read and processed line by line, and the -output is flushed after each write. By default, input is read in large chunks, -unless \fBpcregrep\fP can determine that it is reading from a terminal (which -is currently possible only in Unix environments). Output to terminal is -normally automatically flushed by the operating system. This option can be -useful when the input or output is attached to a pipe and you do not want -\fBpcregrep\fP to buffer up large amounts of data. However, its use will affect -performance, and the \fB-M\fP (multiline) option ceases to work. -.TP -\fB--line-offsets\fP -Instead of showing lines or parts of lines that match, show each match as a -line number, the offset from the start of the line, and a length. The line -number is terminated by a colon (as usual; see the \fB-n\fP option), and the -offset and length are separated by a comma. In this mode, no context is shown. -That is, the \fB-A\fP, \fB-B\fP, and \fB-C\fP options are ignored. If there is -more than one match in a line, each of them is shown separately. This option is -mutually exclusive with \fB--file-offsets\fP and \fB--only-matching\fP. -.TP -\fB--locale\fP=\fIlocale-name\fP -This option specifies a locale to be used for pattern matching. It overrides -the value in the \fBLC_ALL\fP or \fBLC_CTYPE\fP environment variables. If no -locale is specified, the PCRE library's default (usually the "C" locale) is -used. There is no short form for this option. -.TP -\fB--match-limit\fP=\fInumber\fP -Processing some regular expression patterns can require a very large amount of -memory, leading in some cases to a program crash if not enough is available. -Other patterns may take a very long time to search for all possible matching -strings. The \fBpcre_exec()\fP function that is called by \fBpcregrep\fP to do -the matching has two parameters that can limit the resources that it uses. -.sp -The \fB--match-limit\fP option provides a means of limiting resource usage -when processing patterns that are not going to match, but which have a very -large number of possibilities in their search trees. The classic example is a -pattern that uses nested unlimited repeats. Internally, PCRE uses a function -called \fBmatch()\fP which it calls repeatedly (sometimes recursively). The -limit set by \fB--match-limit\fP is imposed on the number of times this -function is called during a match, which has the effect of limiting the amount -of backtracking that can take place. -.sp -The \fB--recursion-limit\fP option is similar to \fB--match-limit\fP, but -instead of limiting the total number of times that \fBmatch()\fP is called, it -limits the depth of recursive calls, which in turn limits the amount of memory -that can be used. The recursion depth is a smaller number than the total number -of calls, because not all calls to \fBmatch()\fP are recursive. This limit is -of use only if it is set smaller than \fB--match-limit\fP. -.sp -There are no short forms for these options. The default settings are specified -when the PCRE library is compiled, with the default default being 10 million. -.TP -\fB-M\fP, \fB--multiline\fP -Allow patterns to match more than one line. When this option is given, patterns -may usefully contain literal newline characters and internal occurrences of ^ -and $ characters. The output for a successful match may consist of more than -one line, the last of which is the one in which the match ended. If the matched -string ends with a newline sequence the output ends at the end of that line. -.sp -When this option is set, the PCRE library is called in "multiline" mode. -There is a limit to the number of lines that can be matched, imposed by the way -that \fBpcregrep\fP buffers the input file as it scans it. However, -\fBpcregrep\fP ensures that at least 8K characters or the rest of the document -(whichever is the shorter) are available for forward matching, and similarly -the previous 8K characters (or all the previous characters, if fewer than 8K) -are guaranteed to be available for lookbehind assertions. This option does not -work when input is read line by line (see \fP--line-buffered\fP.) -.TP -\fB-N\fP \fInewline-type\fP, \fB--newline\fP=\fInewline-type\fP -The PCRE library supports five different conventions for indicating -the ends of lines. They are the single-character sequences CR (carriage return) -and LF (linefeed), the two-character sequence CRLF, an "anycrlf" convention, -which recognizes any of the preceding three types, and an "any" convention, in -which any Unicode line ending sequence is assumed to end a line. The Unicode -sequences are the three just mentioned, plus VT (vertical tab, U+000B), FF -(form feed, U+000C), NEL (next line, U+0085), LS (line separator, U+2028), and -PS (paragraph separator, U+2029). -.sp -When the PCRE library is built, a default line-ending sequence is specified. -This is normally the standard sequence for the operating system. Unless -otherwise specified by this option, \fBpcregrep\fP uses the library's default. -The possible values for this option are CR, LF, CRLF, ANYCRLF, or ANY. This -makes it possible to use \fBpcregrep\fP on files that have come from other -environments without having to modify their line endings. If the data that is -being scanned does not agree with the convention set by this option, -\fBpcregrep\fP may behave in strange ways. -.TP -\fB-n\fP, \fB--line-number\fP -Precede each output line by its line number in the file, followed by a colon -for matching lines or a hyphen for context lines. If the filename is also being -output, it precedes the line number. This option is forced if -\fB--line-offsets\fP is used. -.TP -\fB--no-jit\fP -If the PCRE library is built with support for just-in-time compiling (which -speeds up matching), \fBpcregrep\fP automatically makes use of this, unless it -was explicitly disabled at build time. This option can be used to disable the -use of JIT at run time. It is provided for testing and working round problems. -It should never be needed in normal use. -.TP -\fB-o\fP, \fB--only-matching\fP -Show only the part of the line that matched a pattern instead of the whole -line. In this mode, no context is shown. That is, the \fB-A\fP, \fB-B\fP, and -\fB-C\fP options are ignored. If there is more than one match in a line, each -of them is shown separately. If \fB-o\fP is combined with \fB-v\fP (invert the -sense of the match to find non-matching lines), no output is generated, but the -return code is set appropriately. If the matched portion of the line is empty, -nothing is output unless the file name or line number are being printed, in -which case they are shown on an otherwise empty line. This option is mutually -exclusive with \fB--file-offsets\fP and \fB--line-offsets\fP. -.TP -\fB-o\fP\fInumber\fP, \fB--only-matching\fP=\fInumber\fP -Show only the part of the line that matched the capturing parentheses of the -given number. Up to 32 capturing parentheses are supported. Because these -options can be given without an argument (see above), if an argument is -present, it must be given in the same shell item, for example, -o3 or ---only-matching=2. The comments given for the non-argument case above also -apply to this case. If the specified capturing parentheses do not exist in the -pattern, or were not set in the match, nothing is output unless the file name -or line number are being printed. -.TP -\fB-q\fP, \fB--quiet\fP -Work quietly, that is, display nothing except error messages. The exit -status indicates whether or not any matches were found. -.TP -\fB-r\fP, \fB--recursive\fP -If any given path is a directory, recursively scan the files it contains, -taking note of any \fB--include\fP and \fB--exclude\fP settings. By default, a -directory is read as a normal file; in some operating systems this gives an -immediate end-of-file. This option is a shorthand for setting the \fB-d\fP -option to "recurse". -.TP -\fB--recursion-limit\fP=\fInumber\fP -See \fB--match-limit\fP above. -.TP -\fB-s\fP, \fB--no-messages\fP -Suppress error messages about non-existent or unreadable files. Such files are -quietly skipped. However, the return code is still 2, even if matches were -found in other files. -.TP -\fB-u\fP, \fB--utf-8\fP -Operate in UTF-8 mode. This option is available only if PCRE has been compiled -with UTF-8 support. Both patterns and subject lines must be valid strings of -UTF-8 characters. -.TP -\fB-V\fP, \fB--version\fP -Write the version numbers of \fBpcregrep\fP and the PCRE library that is being -used to the standard error stream. -.TP -\fB-v\fP, \fB--invert-match\fP -Invert the sense of the match, so that lines which do \fInot\fP match any of -the patterns are the ones that are found. -.TP -\fB-w\fP, \fB--word-regex\fP, \fB--word-regexp\fP -Force the patterns to match only whole words. This is equivalent to having \eb -at the start and end of the pattern. -.TP -\fB-x\fP, \fB--line-regex\fP, \fB--line-regexp\fP -Force the patterns to be anchored (each must start matching at the beginning of -a line) and in addition, require them to match entire lines. This is -equivalent to having ^ and $ characters at the start and end of each -alternative branch in every pattern. -. -. -.SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" -.rs -.sp -The environment variables \fBLC_ALL\fP and \fBLC_CTYPE\fP are examined, in that -order, for a locale. The first one that is set is used. This can be overridden -by the \fB--locale\fP option. If no locale is set, the PCRE library's default -(usually the "C" locale) is used. -. -. -.SH "NEWLINES" -.rs -.sp -The \fB-N\fP (\fB--newline\fP) option allows \fBpcregrep\fP to scan files with -different newline conventions from the default. However, the setting of this -option does not affect the way in which \fBpcregrep\fP writes information to -the standard error and output streams. It uses the string "\en" in C -\fBprintf()\fP calls to indicate newlines, relying on the C I/O library to -convert this to an appropriate sequence if the output is sent to a file. -. -. -.SH "OPTIONS COMPATIBILITY" -.rs -.sp -Many of the short and long forms of \fBpcregrep\fP's options are the same -as in the GNU \fBgrep\fP program. Any long option of the form -\fB--xxx-regexp\fP (GNU terminology) is also available as \fB--xxx-regex\fP -(PCRE terminology). However, the \fB--file-list\fP, \fB--file-offsets\fP, -\fB--include-dir\fP, \fB--line-offsets\fP, \fB--locale\fP, \fB--match-limit\fP, -\fB-M\fP, \fB--multiline\fP, \fB-N\fP, \fB--newline\fP, -\fB--recursion-limit\fP, \fB-u\fP, and \fB--utf-8\fP options are specific to -\fBpcregrep\fP, as is the use of the \fB--only-matching\fP option with a -capturing parentheses number. -.P -Although most of the common options work the same way, a few are different in -\fBpcregrep\fP. For example, the \fB--include\fP option's argument is a glob -for GNU \fBgrep\fP, but a regular expression for \fBpcregrep\fP. If both the -\fB-c\fP and \fB-l\fP options are given, GNU grep lists only file names, -without counts, but \fBpcregrep\fP gives the counts. -. -. -.SH "OPTIONS WITH DATA" -.rs -.sp -There are four different ways in which an option with data can be specified. -If a short form option is used, the data may follow immediately, or (with one -exception) in the next command line item. For example: -.sp - -f/some/file - -f /some/file -.sp -The exception is the \fB-o\fP option, which may appear with or without data. -Because of this, if data is present, it must follow immediately in the same -item, for example -o3. -.P -If a long form option is used, the data may appear in the same command line -item, separated by an equals character, or (with two exceptions) it may appear -in the next command line item. For example: -.sp - --file=/some/file - --file /some/file -.sp -Note, however, that if you want to supply a file name beginning with ~ as data -in a shell command, and have the shell expand ~ to a home directory, you must -separate the file name from the option, because the shell does not treat ~ -specially unless it is at the start of an item. -.P -The exceptions to the above are the \fB--colour\fP (or \fB--color\fP) and -\fB--only-matching\fP options, for which the data is optional. If one of these -options does have data, it must be given in the first form, using an equals -character. Otherwise \fBpcregrep\fP will assume that it has no data. -. -. -.SH "MATCHING ERRORS" -.rs -.sp -It is possible to supply a regular expression that takes a very long time to -fail to match certain lines. Such patterns normally involve nested indefinite -repeats, for example: (a+)*\ed when matched against a line of a's with no final -digit. The PCRE matching function has a resource limit that causes it to abort -in these circumstances. If this happens, \fBpcregrep\fP outputs an error -message and the line that caused the problem to the standard error stream. If -there are more than 20 such errors, \fBpcregrep\fP gives up. -.P -The \fB--match-limit\fP option of \fBpcregrep\fP can be used to set the overall -resource limit; there is a second option called \fB--recursion-limit\fP that -sets a limit on the amount of memory (usually stack) that is used (see the -discussion of these options above). -. -. -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.rs -.sp -Exit status is 0 if any matches were found, 1 if no matches were found, and 2 -for syntax errors, overlong lines, non-existent or inaccessible files (even if -matches were found in other files) or too many matching errors. Using the -\fB-s\fP option to suppress error messages about inaccessible files does not -affect the return code. -. -. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.rs -.sp -\fBpcrepattern\fP(3), \fBpcretest\fP(1). -. -. -.SH AUTHOR -.rs -.sp -.nf -Philip Hazel -University Computing Service -Cambridge CB2 3QH, England. -.fi -. -. -.SH REVISION -.rs -.sp -.nf -Last updated: 04 March 2012 -Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge. -.fi diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/pcretest.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/pcretest.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 28d0c26..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/pcretest.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,971 +0,0 @@ -.TH PCRETEST 1 "21 February 2012" "PCRE 8.31" -.SH NAME -pcretest - a program for testing Perl-compatible regular expressions. -.SH SYNOPSIS -.rs -.sp -.B pcretest "[options] [input file [output file]]" -.sp -\fBpcretest\fP was written as a test program for the PCRE regular expression -library itself, but it can also be used for experimenting with regular -expressions. This document describes the features of the test program; for -details of the regular expressions themselves, see the -.\" HREF -\fBpcrepattern\fP -.\" -documentation. For details of the PCRE library function calls and their -options, see the -.\" HREF -\fBpcreapi\fP -.\" -and -.\" HREF -\fBpcre16\fP -.\" -documentation. The input for \fBpcretest\fP is a sequence of regular expression -patterns and strings to be matched, as described below. The output shows the -result of each match. Options on the command line and the patterns control PCRE -options and exactly what is output. -. -. -.SH "PCRE's 8-BIT and 16-BIT LIBRARIES" -.rs -.sp -From release 8.30, two separate PCRE libraries can be built. The original one -supports 8-bit character strings, whereas the newer 16-bit library supports -character strings encoded in 16-bit units. The \fBpcretest\fP program can be -used to test both libraries. However, it is itself still an 8-bit program, -reading 8-bit input and writing 8-bit output. When testing the 16-bit library, -the patterns and data strings are converted to 16-bit format before being -passed to the PCRE library functions. Results are converted to 8-bit for -output. -.P -References to functions and structures of the form \fBpcre[16]_xx\fP below -mean "\fBpcre_xx\fP when using the 8-bit library or \fBpcre16_xx\fP when using -the 16-bit library". -. -. -.SH "COMMAND LINE OPTIONS" -.rs -.TP 10 -\fB-16\fP -If both the 8-bit and the 16-bit libraries have been built, this option causes -the 16-bit library to be used. If only the 16-bit library has been built, this -is the default (so has no effect). If only the 8-bit library has been built, -this option causes an error. -.TP 10 -\fB-b\fP -Behave as if each pattern has the \fB/B\fP (show byte code) modifier; the -internal form is output after compilation. -.TP 10 -\fB-C\fP -Output the version number of the PCRE library, and all available information -about the optional features that are included, and then exit. All other options -are ignored. -.TP 10 -\fB-C\fP \fIoption\fP -Output information about a specific build-time option, then exit. This -functionality is intended for use in scripts such as \fBRunTest\fP. The -following options output the value indicated: -.sp - linksize the internal link size (2, 3, or 4) - newline the default newline setting: - CR, LF, CRLF, ANYCRLF, or ANY -.sp -The following options output 1 for true or zero for false: -.sp - jit just-in-time support is available - pcre16 the 16-bit library was built - pcre8 the 8-bit library was built - ucp Unicode property support is available - utf UTF-8 and/or UTF-16 support is available -.TP 10 -\fB-d\fP -Behave as if each pattern has the \fB/D\fP (debug) modifier; the internal -form and information about the compiled pattern is output after compilation; -\fB-d\fP is equivalent to \fB-b -i\fP. -.TP 10 -\fB-dfa\fP -Behave as if each data line contains the \eD escape sequence; this causes the -alternative matching function, \fBpcre[16]_dfa_exec()\fP, to be used instead of -the standard \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP function (more detail is given below). -.TP 10 -\fB-help\fP -Output a brief summary these options and then exit. -.TP 10 -\fB-i\fP -Behave as if each pattern has the \fB/I\fP modifier; information about the -compiled pattern is given after compilation. -.TP 10 -\fB-M\fP -Behave as if each data line contains the \eM escape sequence; this causes -PCRE to discover the minimum MATCH_LIMIT and MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION settings by -calling \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP repeatedly with different limits. -.TP 10 -\fB-m\fP -Output the size of each compiled pattern after it has been compiled. This is -equivalent to adding \fB/M\fP to each regular expression. The size is given in -bytes for both libraries. -.TP 10 -\fB-o\fP \fIosize\fP -Set the number of elements in the output vector that is used when calling -\fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP or \fBpcre[16]_dfa_exec()\fP to be \fIosize\fP. The -default value is 45, which is enough for 14 capturing subexpressions for -\fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP or 22 different matches for \fBpcre[16]_dfa_exec()\fP. -The vector size can be changed for individual matching calls by including \eO -in the data line (see below). -.TP 10 -\fB-p\fP -Behave as if each pattern has the \fB/P\fP modifier; the POSIX wrapper API is -used to call PCRE. None of the other options has any effect when \fB-p\fP is -set. This option can be used only with the 8-bit library. -.TP 10 -\fB-q\fP -Do not output the version number of \fBpcretest\fP at the start of execution. -.TP 10 -\fB-S\fP \fIsize\fP -On Unix-like systems, set the size of the run-time stack to \fIsize\fP -megabytes. -.TP 10 -\fB-s\fP or \fB-s+\fP -Behave as if each pattern has the \fB/S\fP modifier; in other words, force each -pattern to be studied. If \fB-s+\fP is used, all the JIT compile options are -passed to \fBpcre[16]_study()\fP, causing just-in-time optimization to be set -up if it is available, for both full and partial matching. Specific JIT compile -options can be selected by following \fB-s+\fP with a digit in the range 1 to -7, which selects the JIT compile modes as follows: -.sp - 1 normal match only - 2 soft partial match only - 3 normal match and soft partial match - 4 hard partial match only - 6 soft and hard partial match - 7 all three modes (default) -.sp -If \fB-s++\fP is used instead of \fB-s+\fP (with or without a following digit), -the text "(JIT)" is added to the first output line after a match or no match -when JIT-compiled code was actually used. -.P -If the \fB/I\fP or \fB/D\fP option is present on a pattern (requesting output -about the compiled pattern), information about the result of studying is not -included when studying is caused only by \fB-s\fP and neither \fB-i\fP nor -\fB-d\fP is present on the command line. This behaviour means that the output -from tests that are run with and without \fB-s\fP should be identical, except -when options that output information about the actual running of a match are -set. -.sp -The \fB-M\fP, \fB-t\fP, and \fB-tm\fP options, which give information about -resources used, are likely to produce different output with and without -\fB-s\fP. Output may also differ if the \fB/C\fP option is present on an -individual pattern. This uses callouts to trace the the matching process, and -this may be different between studied and non-studied patterns. If the pattern -contains (*MARK) items there may also be differences, for the same reason. The -\fB-s\fP command line option can be overridden for specific patterns that -should never be studied (see the \fB/S\fP pattern modifier below). -.TP 10 -\fB-t\fP -Run each compile, study, and match many times with a timer, and output -resulting time per compile or match (in milliseconds). Do not set \fB-m\fP with -\fB-t\fP, because you will then get the size output a zillion times, and the -timing will be distorted. You can control the number of iterations that are -used for timing by following \fB-t\fP with a number (as a separate item on the -command line). For example, "-t 1000" would iterate 1000 times. The default is -to iterate 500000 times. -.TP 10 -\fB-tm\fP -This is like \fB-t\fP except that it times only the matching phase, not the -compile or study phases. -. -. -.SH DESCRIPTION -.rs -.sp -If \fBpcretest\fP is given two filename arguments, it reads from the first and -writes to the second. If it is given only one filename argument, it reads from -that file and writes to stdout. Otherwise, it reads from stdin and writes to -stdout, and prompts for each line of input, using "re>" to prompt for regular -expressions, and "data>" to prompt for data lines. -.P -When \fBpcretest\fP is built, a configuration option can specify that it should -be linked with the \fBlibreadline\fP library. When this is done, if the input -is from a terminal, it is read using the \fBreadline()\fP function. This -provides line-editing and history facilities. The output from the \fB-help\fP -option states whether or not \fBreadline()\fP will be used. -.P -The program handles any number of sets of input on a single input file. Each -set starts with a regular expression, and continues with any number of data -lines to be matched against the pattern. -.P -Each data line is matched separately and independently. If you want to do -multi-line matches, you have to use the \en escape sequence (or \er or \er\en, -etc., depending on the newline setting) in a single line of input to encode the -newline sequences. There is no limit on the length of data lines; the input -buffer is automatically extended if it is too small. -.P -An empty line signals the end of the data lines, at which point a new regular -expression is read. The regular expressions are given enclosed in any -non-alphanumeric delimiters other than backslash, for example: -.sp - /(a|bc)x+yz/ -.sp -White space before the initial delimiter is ignored. A regular expression may -be continued over several input lines, in which case the newline characters are -included within it. It is possible to include the delimiter within the pattern -by escaping it, for example -.sp - /abc\e/def/ -.sp -If you do so, the escape and the delimiter form part of the pattern, but since -delimiters are always non-alphanumeric, this does not affect its interpretation. -If the terminating delimiter is immediately followed by a backslash, for -example, -.sp - /abc/\e -.sp -then a backslash is added to the end of the pattern. This is done to provide a -way of testing the error condition that arises if a pattern finishes with a -backslash, because -.sp - /abc\e/ -.sp -is interpreted as the first line of a pattern that starts with "abc/", causing -pcretest to read the next line as a continuation of the regular expression. -. -. -.SH "PATTERN MODIFIERS" -.rs -.sp -A pattern may be followed by any number of modifiers, which are mostly single -characters. Following Perl usage, these are referred to below as, for example, -"the \fB/i\fP modifier", even though the delimiter of the pattern need not -always be a slash, and no slash is used when writing modifiers. White space may -appear between the final pattern delimiter and the first modifier, and between -the modifiers themselves. -.P -The \fB/i\fP, \fB/m\fP, \fB/s\fP, and \fB/x\fP modifiers set the PCRE_CASELESS, -PCRE_MULTILINE, PCRE_DOTALL, or PCRE_EXTENDED options, respectively, when -\fBpcre[16]_compile()\fP is called. These four modifier letters have the same -effect as they do in Perl. For example: -.sp - /caseless/i -.sp -The following table shows additional modifiers for setting PCRE compile-time -options that do not correspond to anything in Perl: -.sp - \fB/8\fP PCRE_UTF8 ) when using the 8-bit - \fB/?\fP PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK ) library -.sp - \fB/8\fP PCRE_UTF16 ) when using the 16-bit - \fB/?\fP PCRE_NO_UTF16_CHECK ) library -.sp - \fB/A\fP PCRE_ANCHORED - \fB/C\fP PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT - \fB/E\fP PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY - \fB/f\fP PCRE_FIRSTLINE - \fB/J\fP PCRE_DUPNAMES - \fB/N\fP PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE - \fB/U\fP PCRE_UNGREEDY - \fB/W\fP PCRE_UCP - \fB/X\fP PCRE_EXTRA - \fB/Y\fP PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE - \fB/<JS>\fP PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT - \fB/<cr>\fP PCRE_NEWLINE_CR - \fB/<lf>\fP PCRE_NEWLINE_LF - \fB/<crlf>\fP PCRE_NEWLINE_CRLF - \fB/<anycrlf>\fP PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF - \fB/<any>\fP PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY - \fB/<bsr_anycrlf>\fP PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF - \fB/<bsr_unicode>\fP PCRE_BSR_UNICODE -.sp -The modifiers that are enclosed in angle brackets are literal strings as shown, -including the angle brackets, but the letters within can be in either case. -This example sets multiline matching with CRLF as the line ending sequence: -.sp - /^abc/m<CRLF> -.sp -As well as turning on the PCRE_UTF8/16 option, the \fB/8\fP modifier causes -all non-printing characters in output strings to be printed using the -\ex{hh...} notation. Otherwise, those less than 0x100 are output in hex without -the curly brackets. -.P -Full details of the PCRE options are given in the -.\" HREF -\fBpcreapi\fP -.\" -documentation. -. -. -.SS "Finding all matches in a string" -.rs -.sp -Searching for all possible matches within each subject string can be requested -by the \fB/g\fP or \fB/G\fP modifier. After finding a match, PCRE is called -again to search the remainder of the subject string. The difference between -\fB/g\fP and \fB/G\fP is that the former uses the \fIstartoffset\fP argument to -\fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP to start searching at a new point within the entire -string (which is in effect what Perl does), whereas the latter passes over a -shortened substring. This makes a difference to the matching process if the -pattern begins with a lookbehind assertion (including \eb or \eB). -.P -If any call to \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP in a \fB/g\fP or \fB/G\fP sequence matches -an empty string, the next call is done with the PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART and -PCRE_ANCHORED flags set in order to search for another, non-empty, match at the -same point. If this second match fails, the start offset is advanced, and the -normal match is retried. This imitates the way Perl handles such cases when -using the \fB/g\fP modifier or the \fBsplit()\fP function. Normally, the start -offset is advanced by one character, but if the newline convention recognizes -CRLF as a newline, and the current character is CR followed by LF, an advance -of two is used. -. -. -.SS "Other modifiers" -.rs -.sp -There are yet more modifiers for controlling the way \fBpcretest\fP -operates. -.P -The \fB/+\fP modifier requests that as well as outputting the substring that -matched the entire pattern, \fBpcretest\fP should in addition output the -remainder of the subject string. This is useful for tests where the subject -contains multiple copies of the same substring. If the \fB+\fP modifier appears -twice, the same action is taken for captured substrings. In each case the -remainder is output on the following line with a plus character following the -capture number. Note that this modifier must not immediately follow the /S -modifier because /S+ and /S++ have other meanings. -.P -The \fB/=\fP modifier requests that the values of all potential captured -parentheses be output after a match. By default, only those up to the highest -one actually used in the match are output (corresponding to the return code -from \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP). Values in the offsets vector corresponding to -higher numbers should be set to -1, and these are output as "<unset>". This -modifier gives a way of checking that this is happening. -.P -The \fB/B\fP modifier is a debugging feature. It requests that \fBpcretest\fP -output a representation of the compiled code after compilation. Normally this -information contains length and offset values; however, if \fB/Z\fP is also -present, this data is replaced by spaces. This is a special feature for use in -the automatic test scripts; it ensures that the same output is generated for -different internal link sizes. -.P -The \fB/D\fP modifier is a PCRE debugging feature, and is equivalent to -\fB/BI\fP, that is, both the \fB/B\fP and the \fB/I\fP modifiers. -.P -The \fB/F\fP modifier causes \fBpcretest\fP to flip the byte order of the -2-byte and 4-byte fields in the compiled pattern. This facility is for testing -the feature in PCRE that allows it to execute patterns that were compiled on a -host with a different endianness. This feature is not available when the POSIX -interface to PCRE is being used, that is, when the \fB/P\fP pattern modifier is -specified. See also the section about saving and reloading compiled patterns -below. -.P -The \fB/I\fP modifier requests that \fBpcretest\fP output information about the -compiled pattern (whether it is anchored, has a fixed first character, and -so on). It does this by calling \fBpcre[16]_fullinfo()\fP after compiling a -pattern. If the pattern is studied, the results of that are also output. -.P -The \fB/K\fP modifier requests \fBpcretest\fP to show names from backtracking -control verbs that are returned from calls to \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP. It causes -\fBpcretest\fP to create a \fBpcre[16]_extra\fP block if one has not already -been created by a call to \fBpcre[16]_study()\fP, and to set the -PCRE_EXTRA_MARK flag and the \fBmark\fP field within it, every time that -\fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP is called. If the variable that the \fBmark\fP field -points to is non-NULL for a match, non-match, or partial match, \fBpcretest\fP -prints the string to which it points. For a match, this is shown on a line by -itself, tagged with "MK:". For a non-match it is added to the message. -.P -The \fB/L\fP modifier must be followed directly by the name of a locale, for -example, -.sp - /pattern/Lfr_FR -.sp -For this reason, it must be the last modifier. The given locale is set, -\fBpcre[16]_maketables()\fP is called to build a set of character tables for -the locale, and this is then passed to \fBpcre[16]_compile()\fP when compiling -the regular expression. Without an \fB/L\fP (or \fB/T\fP) modifier, NULL is -passed as the tables pointer; that is, \fB/L\fP applies only to the expression -on which it appears. -.P -The \fB/M\fP modifier causes the size in bytes of the memory block used to hold -the compiled pattern to be output. This does not include the size of the -\fBpcre[16]\fP block; it is just the actual compiled data. If the pattern is -successfully studied with the PCRE_STUDY_JIT_COMPILE option, the size of the -JIT compiled code is also output. -.P -If the \fB/S\fP modifier appears once, it causes \fBpcre[16]_study()\fP to be -called after the expression has been compiled, and the results used when the -expression is matched. If \fB/S\fP appears twice, it suppresses studying, even -if it was requested externally by the \fB-s\fP command line option. This makes -it possible to specify that certain patterns are always studied, and others are -never studied, independently of \fB-s\fP. This feature is used in the test -files in a few cases where the output is different when the pattern is studied. -.P -If the \fB/S\fP modifier is immediately followed by a + character, the call to -\fBpcre[16]_study()\fP is made with all the JIT study options, requesting -just-in-time optimization support if it is available, for both normal and -partial matching. If you want to restrict the JIT compiling modes, you can -follow \fB/S+\fP with a digit in the range 1 to 7: -.sp - 1 normal match only - 2 soft partial match only - 3 normal match and soft partial match - 4 hard partial match only - 6 soft and hard partial match - 7 all three modes (default) -.sp -If \fB/S++\fP is used instead of \fB/S+\fP (with or without a following digit), -the text "(JIT)" is added to the first output line after a match or no match -when JIT-compiled code was actually used. -.P -Note that there is also an independent \fB/+\fP modifier; it must not be given -immediately after \fB/S\fP or \fB/S+\fP because this will be misinterpreted. -.P -If JIT studying is successful, the compiled JIT code will automatically be used -when \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP is run, except when incompatible run-time options -are specified. For more details, see the -.\" HREF -\fBpcrejit\fP -.\" -documentation. See also the \fB\eJ\fP escape sequence below for a way of -setting the size of the JIT stack. -.P -The \fB/T\fP modifier must be followed by a single digit. It causes a specific -set of built-in character tables to be passed to \fBpcre[16]_compile()\fP. It -is used in the standard PCRE tests to check behaviour with different character -tables. The digit specifies the tables as follows: -.sp - 0 the default ASCII tables, as distributed in - pcre_chartables.c.dist - 1 a set of tables defining ISO 8859 characters -.sp -In table 1, some characters whose codes are greater than 128 are identified as -letters, digits, spaces, etc. -. -. -.SS "Using the POSIX wrapper API" -.rs -.sp -The \fB/P\fP modifier causes \fBpcretest\fP to call PCRE via the POSIX wrapper -API rather than its native API. This supports only the 8-bit library. When -\fB/P\fP is set, the following modifiers set options for the \fBregcomp()\fP -function: -.sp - /i REG_ICASE - /m REG_NEWLINE - /N REG_NOSUB - /s REG_DOTALL ) - /U REG_UNGREEDY ) These options are not part of - /W REG_UCP ) the POSIX standard - /8 REG_UTF8 ) -.sp -The \fB/+\fP modifier works as described above. All other modifiers are -ignored. -. -. -.SH "DATA LINES" -.rs -.sp -Before each data line is passed to \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP, leading and trailing -white space is removed, and it is then scanned for \e escapes. Some of these -are pretty esoteric features, intended for checking out some of the more -complicated features of PCRE. If you are just testing "ordinary" regular -expressions, you probably don't need any of these. The following escapes are -recognized: -.sp - \ea alarm (BEL, \ex07) - \eb backspace (\ex08) - \ee escape (\ex27) - \ef form feed (\ex0c) - \en newline (\ex0a) -.\" JOIN - \eqdd set the PCRE_MATCH_LIMIT limit to dd - (any number of digits) - \er carriage return (\ex0d) - \et tab (\ex09) - \ev vertical tab (\ex0b) - \ennn octal character (up to 3 octal digits); always - a byte unless > 255 in UTF-8 or 16-bit mode - \exhh hexadecimal byte (up to 2 hex digits) - \ex{hh...} hexadecimal character (any number of hex digits) -.\" JOIN - \eA pass the PCRE_ANCHORED option to \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP - or \fBpcre[16]_dfa_exec()\fP -.\" JOIN - \eB pass the PCRE_NOTBOL option to \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP - or \fBpcre[16]_dfa_exec()\fP -.\" JOIN - \eCdd call pcre[16]_copy_substring() for substring dd - after a successful match (number less than 32) -.\" JOIN - \eCname call pcre[16]_copy_named_substring() for substring - "name" after a successful match (name termin- - ated by next non alphanumeric character) -.\" JOIN - \eC+ show the current captured substrings at callout - time - \eC- do not supply a callout function -.\" JOIN - \eC!n return 1 instead of 0 when callout number n is - reached -.\" JOIN - \eC!n!m return 1 instead of 0 when callout number n is - reached for the nth time -.\" JOIN - \eC*n pass the number n (may be negative) as callout - data; this is used as the callout return value - \eD use the \fBpcre[16]_dfa_exec()\fP match function - \eF only shortest match for \fBpcre[16]_dfa_exec()\fP -.\" JOIN - \eGdd call pcre[16]_get_substring() for substring dd - after a successful match (number less than 32) -.\" JOIN - \eGname call pcre[16]_get_named_substring() for substring - "name" after a successful match (name termin- - ated by next non-alphanumeric character) -.\" JOIN - \eJdd set up a JIT stack of dd kilobytes maximum (any - number of digits) -.\" JOIN - \eL call pcre[16]_get_substringlist() after a - successful match -.\" JOIN - \eM discover the minimum MATCH_LIMIT and - MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION settings -.\" JOIN - \eN pass the PCRE_NOTEMPTY option to \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP - or \fBpcre[16]_dfa_exec()\fP; if used twice, pass the - PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART option -.\" JOIN - \eOdd set the size of the output vector passed to - \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP to dd (any number of digits) -.\" JOIN - \eP pass the PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT option to \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP - or \fBpcre[16]_dfa_exec()\fP; if used twice, pass the - PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD option -.\" JOIN - \eQdd set the PCRE_MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION limit to dd - (any number of digits) - \eR pass the PCRE_DFA_RESTART option to \fBpcre[16]_dfa_exec()\fP - \eS output details of memory get/free calls during matching -.\" JOIN - \eY pass the PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE option to \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP - or \fBpcre[16]_dfa_exec()\fP -.\" JOIN - \eZ pass the PCRE_NOTEOL option to \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP - or \fBpcre[16]_dfa_exec()\fP -.\" JOIN - \e? pass the PCRE_NO_UTF[8|16]_CHECK option to - \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP or \fBpcre[16]_dfa_exec()\fP -.\" JOIN - \e>dd start the match at offset dd (optional "-"; then - any number of digits); this sets the \fIstartoffset\fP - argument for \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP or \fBpcre[16]_dfa_exec()\fP -.\" JOIN - \e<cr> pass the PCRE_NEWLINE_CR option to \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP - or \fBpcre[16]_dfa_exec()\fP -.\" JOIN - \e<lf> pass the PCRE_NEWLINE_LF option to \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP - or \fBpcre[16]_dfa_exec()\fP -.\" JOIN - \e<crlf> pass the PCRE_NEWLINE_CRLF option to \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP - or \fBpcre[16]_dfa_exec()\fP -.\" JOIN - \e<anycrlf> pass the PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF option to \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP - or \fBpcre[16]_dfa_exec()\fP -.\" JOIN - \e<any> pass the PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY option to \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP - or \fBpcre[16]_dfa_exec()\fP -.sp -The use of \ex{hh...} is not dependent on the use of the \fB/8\fP modifier on -the pattern. It is recognized always. There may be any number of hexadecimal -digits inside the braces; invalid values provoke error messages. -.P -Note that \exhh specifies one byte rather than one character in UTF-8 mode; -this makes it possible to construct invalid UTF-8 sequences for testing -purposes. On the other hand, \ex{hh} is interpreted as a UTF-8 character in -UTF-8 mode, generating more than one byte if the value is greater than 127. -When testing the 8-bit library not in UTF-8 mode, \ex{hh} generates one byte -for values less than 256, and causes an error for greater values. -.P -In UTF-16 mode, all 4-digit \ex{hhhh} values are accepted. This makes it -possible to construct invalid UTF-16 sequences for testing purposes. -.P -The escapes that specify line ending sequences are literal strings, exactly as -shown. No more than one newline setting should be present in any data line. -.P -A backslash followed by anything else just escapes the anything else. If -the very last character is a backslash, it is ignored. This gives a way of -passing an empty line as data, since a real empty line terminates the data -input. -.P -The \fB\eJ\fP escape provides a way of setting the maximum stack size that is -used by the just-in-time optimization code. It is ignored if JIT optimization -is not being used. Providing a stack that is larger than the default 32K is -necessary only for very complicated patterns. -.P -If \eM is present, \fBpcretest\fP calls \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP several times, -with different values in the \fImatch_limit\fP and \fImatch_limit_recursion\fP -fields of the \fBpcre[16]_extra\fP data structure, until it finds the minimum -numbers for each parameter that allow \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP to complete without -error. Because this is testing a specific feature of the normal interpretive -\fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP execution, the use of any JIT optimization that might -have been set up by the \fB/S+\fP qualifier of \fB-s+\fP option is disabled. -.P -The \fImatch_limit\fP number is a measure of the amount of backtracking -that takes place, and checking it out can be instructive. For most simple -matches, the number is quite small, but for patterns with very large numbers of -matching possibilities, it can become large very quickly with increasing length -of subject string. The \fImatch_limit_recursion\fP number is a measure of how -much stack (or, if PCRE is compiled with NO_RECURSE, how much heap) memory is -needed to complete the match attempt. -.P -When \eO is used, the value specified may be higher or lower than the size set -by the \fB-O\fP command line option (or defaulted to 45); \eO applies only to -the call of \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP for the line in which it appears. -.P -If the \fB/P\fP modifier was present on the pattern, causing the POSIX wrapper -API to be used, the only option-setting sequences that have any effect are \eB, -\eN, and \eZ, causing REG_NOTBOL, REG_NOTEMPTY, and REG_NOTEOL, respectively, -to be passed to \fBregexec()\fP. -. -. -.SH "THE ALTERNATIVE MATCHING FUNCTION" -.rs -.sp -By default, \fBpcretest\fP uses the standard PCRE matching function, -\fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP to match each data line. PCRE also supports an -alternative matching function, \fBpcre[16]_dfa_test()\fP, which operates in a -different way, and has some restrictions. The differences between the two -functions are described in the -.\" HREF -\fBpcrematching\fP -.\" -documentation. -.P -If a data line contains the \eD escape sequence, or if the command line -contains the \fB-dfa\fP option, the alternative matching function is used. -This function finds all possible matches at a given point. If, however, the \eF -escape sequence is present in the data line, it stops after the first match is -found. This is always the shortest possible match. -. -. -.SH "DEFAULT OUTPUT FROM PCRETEST" -.rs -.sp -This section describes the output when the normal matching function, -\fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP, is being used. -.P -When a match succeeds, \fBpcretest\fP outputs the list of captured substrings -that \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP returns, starting with number 0 for the string that -matched the whole pattern. Otherwise, it outputs "No match" when the return is -PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH, and "Partial match:" followed by the partially matching -substring when \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP returns PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL. (Note that -this is the entire substring that was inspected during the partial match; it -may include characters before the actual match start if a lookbehind assertion, -\eK, \eb, or \eB was involved.) For any other return, \fBpcretest\fP outputs -the PCRE negative error number and a short descriptive phrase. If the error is -a failed UTF string check, the offset of the start of the failing character and -the reason code are also output, provided that the size of the output vector is -at least two. Here is an example of an interactive \fBpcretest\fP run. -.sp - $ pcretest - PCRE version 8.13 2011-04-30 -.sp - re> /^abc(\ed+)/ - data> abc123 - 0: abc123 - 1: 123 - data> xyz - No match -.sp -Unset capturing substrings that are not followed by one that is set are not -returned by \fBpcre[16]_exec()\fP, and are not shown by \fBpcretest\fP. In the -following example, there are two capturing substrings, but when the first data -line is matched, the second, unset substring is not shown. An "internal" unset -substring is shown as "<unset>", as for the second data line. -.sp - re> /(a)|(b)/ - data> a - 0: a - 1: a - data> b - 0: b - 1: <unset> - 2: b -.sp -If the strings contain any non-printing characters, they are output as \exhh -escapes if the value is less than 256 and UTF mode is not set. Otherwise they -are output as \ex{hh...} escapes. See below for the definition of non-printing -characters. If the pattern has the \fB/+\fP modifier, the output for substring -0 is followed by the the rest of the subject string, identified by "0+" like -this: -.sp - re> /cat/+ - data> cataract - 0: cat - 0+ aract -.sp -If the pattern has the \fB/g\fP or \fB/G\fP modifier, the results of successive -matching attempts are output in sequence, like this: -.sp - re> /\eBi(\ew\ew)/g - data> Mississippi - 0: iss - 1: ss - 0: iss - 1: ss - 0: ipp - 1: pp -.sp -"No match" is output only if the first match attempt fails. Here is an example -of a failure message (the offset 4 that is specified by \e>4 is past the end of -the subject string): -.sp - re> /xyz/ - data> xyz\e>4 - Error -24 (bad offset value) -.P -If any of the sequences \fB\eC\fP, \fB\eG\fP, or \fB\eL\fP are present in a -data line that is successfully matched, the substrings extracted by the -convenience functions are output with C, G, or L after the string number -instead of a colon. This is in addition to the normal full list. The string -length (that is, the return from the extraction function) is given in -parentheses after each string for \fB\eC\fP and \fB\eG\fP. -.P -Note that whereas patterns can be continued over several lines (a plain ">" -prompt is used for continuations), data lines may not. However newlines can be -included in data by means of the \en escape (or \er, \er\en, etc., depending on -the newline sequence setting). -. -. -. -.SH "OUTPUT FROM THE ALTERNATIVE MATCHING FUNCTION" -.rs -.sp -When the alternative matching function, \fBpcre[16]_dfa_exec()\fP, is used (by -means of the \eD escape sequence or the \fB-dfa\fP command line option), the -output consists of a list of all the matches that start at the first point in -the subject where there is at least one match. For example: -.sp - re> /(tang|tangerine|tan)/ - data> yellow tangerine\eD - 0: tangerine - 1: tang - 2: tan -.sp -(Using the normal matching function on this data finds only "tang".) The -longest matching string is always given first (and numbered zero). After a -PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL return, the output is "Partial match:", followed by the -partially matching substring. (Note that this is the entire substring that was -inspected during the partial match; it may include characters before the actual -match start if a lookbehind assertion, \eK, \eb, or \eB was involved.) -.P -If \fB/g\fP is present on the pattern, the search for further matches resumes -at the end of the longest match. For example: -.sp - re> /(tang|tangerine|tan)/g - data> yellow tangerine and tangy sultana\eD - 0: tangerine - 1: tang - 2: tan - 0: tang - 1: tan - 0: tan -.sp -Since the matching function does not support substring capture, the escape -sequences that are concerned with captured substrings are not relevant. -. -. -.SH "RESTARTING AFTER A PARTIAL MATCH" -.rs -.sp -When the alternative matching function has given the PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL return, -indicating that the subject partially matched the pattern, you can restart the -match with additional subject data by means of the \eR escape sequence. For -example: -.sp - re> /^\ed?\ed(jan|feb|mar|apr|may|jun|jul|aug|sep|oct|nov|dec)\ed\ed$/ - data> 23ja\eP\eD - Partial match: 23ja - data> n05\eR\eD - 0: n05 -.sp -For further information about partial matching, see the -.\" HREF -\fBpcrepartial\fP -.\" -documentation. -. -. -.SH CALLOUTS -.rs -.sp -If the pattern contains any callout requests, \fBpcretest\fP's callout function -is called during matching. This works with both matching functions. By default, -the called function displays the callout number, the start and current -positions in the text at the callout time, and the next pattern item to be -tested. For example: -.sp - --->pqrabcdef - 0 ^ ^ \ed -.sp -This output indicates that callout number 0 occurred for a match attempt -starting at the fourth character of the subject string, when the pointer was at -the seventh character of the data, and when the next pattern item was \ed. Just -one circumflex is output if the start and current positions are the same. -.P -Callouts numbered 255 are assumed to be automatic callouts, inserted as a -result of the \fB/C\fP pattern modifier. In this case, instead of showing the -callout number, the offset in the pattern, preceded by a plus, is output. For -example: -.sp - re> /\ed?[A-E]\e*/C - data> E* - --->E* - +0 ^ \ed? - +3 ^ [A-E] - +8 ^^ \e* - +10 ^ ^ - 0: E* -.sp -If a pattern contains (*MARK) items, an additional line is output whenever -a change of latest mark is passed to the callout function. For example: -.sp - re> /a(*MARK:X)bc/C - data> abc - --->abc - +0 ^ a - +1 ^^ (*MARK:X) - +10 ^^ b - Latest Mark: X - +11 ^ ^ c - +12 ^ ^ - 0: abc -.sp -The mark changes between matching "a" and "b", but stays the same for the rest -of the match, so nothing more is output. If, as a result of backtracking, the -mark reverts to being unset, the text "<unset>" is output. -.P -The callout function in \fBpcretest\fP returns zero (carry on matching) by -default, but you can use a \eC item in a data line (as described above) to -change this and other parameters of the callout. -.P -Inserting callouts can be helpful when using \fBpcretest\fP to check -complicated regular expressions. For further information about callouts, see -the -.\" HREF -\fBpcrecallout\fP -.\" -documentation. -. -. -. -.SH "NON-PRINTING CHARACTERS" -.rs -.sp -When \fBpcretest\fP is outputting text in the compiled version of a pattern, -bytes other than 32-126 are always treated as non-printing characters are are -therefore shown as hex escapes. -.P -When \fBpcretest\fP is outputting text that is a matched part of a subject -string, it behaves in the same way, unless a different locale has been set for -the pattern (using the \fB/L\fP modifier). In this case, the \fBisprint()\fP -function to distinguish printing and non-printing characters. -. -. -. -.SH "SAVING AND RELOADING COMPILED PATTERNS" -.rs -.sp -The facilities described in this section are not available when the POSIX -interface to PCRE is being used, that is, when the \fB/P\fP pattern modifier is -specified. -.P -When the POSIX interface is not in use, you can cause \fBpcretest\fP to write a -compiled pattern to a file, by following the modifiers with > and a file name. -For example: -.sp - /pattern/im >/some/file -.sp -See the -.\" HREF -\fBpcreprecompile\fP -.\" -documentation for a discussion about saving and re-using compiled patterns. -Note that if the pattern was successfully studied with JIT optimization, the -JIT data cannot be saved. -.P -The data that is written is binary. The first eight bytes are the length of the -compiled pattern data followed by the length of the optional study data, each -written as four bytes in big-endian order (most significant byte first). If -there is no study data (either the pattern was not studied, or studying did not -return any data), the second length is zero. The lengths are followed by an -exact copy of the compiled pattern. If there is additional study data, this -(excluding any JIT data) follows immediately after the compiled pattern. After -writing the file, \fBpcretest\fP expects to read a new pattern. -.P -A saved pattern can be reloaded into \fBpcretest\fP by specifying < and a file -name instead of a pattern. The name of the file must not contain a < character, -as otherwise \fBpcretest\fP will interpret the line as a pattern delimited by < -characters. -For example: -.sp - re> </some/file - Compiled pattern loaded from /some/file - No study data -.sp -If the pattern was previously studied with the JIT optimization, the JIT -information cannot be saved and restored, and so is lost. When the pattern has -been loaded, \fBpcretest\fP proceeds to read data lines in the usual way. -.P -You can copy a file written by \fBpcretest\fP to a different host and reload it -there, even if the new host has opposite endianness to the one on which the -pattern was compiled. For example, you can compile on an i86 machine and run on -a SPARC machine. When a pattern is reloaded on a host with different -endianness, the confirmation message is changed to: -.sp - Compiled pattern (byte-inverted) loaded from /some/file -.sp -The test suite contains some saved pre-compiled patterns with different -endianness. These are reloaded using "<!" instead of just "<". This suppresses -the "(byte-inverted)" text so that the output is the same on all hosts. It also -forces debugging output once the pattern has been reloaded. -.P -File names for saving and reloading can be absolute or relative, but note that -the shell facility of expanding a file name that starts with a tilde (~) is not -available. -.P -The ability to save and reload files in \fBpcretest\fP is intended for testing -and experimentation. It is not intended for production use because only a -single pattern can be written to a file. Furthermore, there is no facility for -supplying custom character tables for use with a reloaded pattern. If the -original pattern was compiled with custom tables, an attempt to match a subject -string using a reloaded pattern is likely to cause \fBpcretest\fP to crash. -Finally, if you attempt to load a file that is not in the correct format, the -result is undefined. -. -. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.rs -.sp -\fBpcre\fP(3), \fBpcre16\fP(3), \fBpcreapi\fP(3), \fBpcrecallout\fP(3), -\fBpcrejit\fP, \fBpcrematching\fP(3), \fBpcrepartial\fP(d), -\fBpcrepattern\fP(3), \fBpcreprecompile\fP(3). -. -. -.SH AUTHOR -.rs -.sp -.nf -Philip Hazel -University Computing Service -Cambridge CB2 3QH, England. -.fi -. -. -.SH REVISION -.rs -.sp -.nf -Last updated: 21 February 2012 -Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge. -.fi diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/pkg-config.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/pkg-config.1 deleted file mode 100644 index aba3758..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/pkg-config.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,469 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" pkg-config manual page. -.\" (C) Red Hat, Inc. based on gnome-config man page (C) Miguel de Icaza (miguel@gnu.org) -.\" -. -.TH pkg-config 1 -.SH NAME -pkg-config \- Return metainformation about installed libraries -.SH SYNOPSIS -.PP -.B pkg-config -[\-\-modversion] [\-\-version] [\-\-help] [\-\-print-errors] -[\-\-silence-errors] [\-\-errors-to-stdout] [\-\-debug] -[\-\-cflags] [\-\-libs] [\-\-libs-only-L] -[\-\-libs-only-l] [\-\-cflags-only-I] -[\-\-variable=VARIABLENAME] -[\-\-define-variable=VARIABLENAME=VARIABLEVALUE] -[\-\-print-variables] -[\-\-uninstalled] -[\-\-exists] [\-\-atleast-version=VERSION] [\-\-exact-version=VERSION] -[\-\-max-version=VERSION] [\-\-list\-all] [LIBRARIES...] -[\-\-print-provides] [\-\-print-requires] [\-\-print-requires-private] [LIBRARIES...] -.SH DESCRIPTION - -The \fIpkg-config\fP program is used to retrieve information about -installed libraries in the system. It is typically used to compile -and link against one or more libraries. Here is a typical usage -scenario in a Makefile: -.PP -.nf -program: program.c - cc program.c $(pkg-config --cflags --libs gnomeui) -.fi -.PP -.I pkg-config -retrieves information about packages from special metadata -files. These files are named after the package, and has a -.I .pc -extension. On most systems, \fIpkg-config\fP looks in -.I /usr/lib/pkgconfig, /usr/share/pkgconfig, /usr/local/lib/pkgconfig -and -.I /usr/local/share/pkgconfig -for these files. It will additionally look in the colon-separated -(on Windows, semicolon-separated) list of directories specified by the -PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable. -.PP -The package name specified on the \fIpkg-config\fP command line is -defined to be the name of the metadata file, minus the \fI.pc\fP -extension. If a library can install multiple versions simultaneously, -it must give each version its own name (for example, GTK 1.2 might -have the package name "gtk+" while GTK 2.0 has "gtk+-2.0"). -.PP -In addition to specifying a package name on the command line, the full -path to a given \fI.pc\fP file may be given instead. This allows a -user to directly query a particular \fI.pc\fP file. -.\" -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.TP -.I "--modversion" -Requests that the version information of the libraries specified on -the command line be displayed. If \fIpkg-config\fP can find all the -libraries on the command line, each library's version string is -printed to stdout, one version per line. In this case \fIpkg-config\fP -exits successfully. If one or more libraries is unknown, -.I pkg-config -exits with a nonzero code, and the contents of stdout are undefined. -.TP -.I "--version" -Displays the version of -.I pkg-config -and terminates. -.TP -.I "--help" -Displays a help message and terminates. -.TP -.I "--print-errors" -If one or more of the modules on the command line, or their -dependencies, are not found, or if an error occurs in parsing -a \fI.pc\fP file, then this option will cause errors explaining the -problem to be printed. With "predicate" options such as "--exists" -.I "pkg-config" -runs silently by default, because it's usually used -in scripts that want to control what's output. This option can be used -alone (to just print errors encountered locating modules on the -command line) or with other options. The PKG_CONFIG_DEBUG_SPEW -environment variable overrides this option. -.TP -.I "--silence-errors" -If one or more of the modules on the command line, or their -dependencies, are not found, or if an error occurs in parsing a -a \fI.pc\fP file, then this option will keep errors explaining the -problem from being printed. With "predicate" options such as -"--exists" \fIpkg-config\fP runs silently by default, because it's -usually used in scripts that want to control what's output. So this -option is only useful with options such as "--cflags" or -"--modversion" that print errors by default. The PKG_CONFIG_DEBUG_SPEW -environment variable overrides this option. -.TP -.I "--errors-to-stdout" -If printing errors, print them to stdout rather than the default stderr -.TP -.I "--debug" -Print debugging information. This is slightly different than the -PKG_CONFIG_DEBUG_SPEW environment variable, which also enable -"--print-errors". - -.PP -The following options are used to compile and link programs: -.TP -.I "--cflags" -This prints pre-processor and compile flags required to compile the -packages on the command line, including flags for all their -dependencies. Flags are "compressed" so that each identical flag -appears only once. \fIpkg-config\fP exits with a nonzero code if it -can't find metadata for one or more of the packages on the command -line. -.TP -.I "--cflags-only-I" -This prints the -I part of "--cflags". That is, it defines the header -search path but doesn't specify anything else. -.TP -.I "--libs" -This option is identical to "--cflags", only it prints the link -flags. As with "--cflags", duplicate flags are merged (maintaining -proper ordering), and flags for dependencies are included in the -output. -.TP -.I "--libs-only-L" -This prints the -L/-R part of "--libs". That is, it defines the -library search path but doesn't specify which libraries to link with. -.TP -.I "--libs-only-l" -This prints the -l part of "--libs" for the libraries specified on -the command line. Note that the union of "--libs-only-l" and -"--libs-only-L" may be smaller than "--libs", due to flags such as --rdynamic. -.TP -.I "--variable=VARIABLENAME" -This returns the value of a variable defined in a package's \fI.pc\fP -file. Most packages define the variable "prefix", for example, so you -can say: -.nf - $ pkg-config --variable=prefix glib-2.0 - /usr/ -.fi -.TP -.I "--define-variable=VARIABLENAME=VARIABLEVALUE" -This sets a global value for a variable, overriding the value in any -.I .pc -files. Most packages define the variable "prefix", for example, so you -can say: -.nf - $ pkg-config --print-errors --define-variable=prefix=/foo \e - --variable=prefix glib-2.0 - /foo -.fi -.TP -.I "--print-variables" -Returns a list of all variables defined in the package. - -.TP -.I "--uninstalled" -Normally if you request the package "foo" and the package -"foo-uninstalled" exists, \fIpkg-config\fP will prefer the -"-uninstalled" variant. This allows compilation/linking against -uninstalled packages. If you specify the "--uninstalled" option, -.I pkg-config -will return successfully if any "-uninstalled" packages are being -used, and return failure (false) otherwise. (The -PKG_CONFIG_DISABLE_UNINSTALLED environment variable keeps -.I pkg-config -from implicitly choosing "-uninstalled" packages, so if that variable -is set, they will only have been used if you pass a name like -"foo-uninstalled" on the command line explicitly.) -.TP -.I "--exists" -.TP -.I "--atleast-version=VERSION" -.TP -.I "--exact-version=VERSION" -.TP -.I "--max-version=VERSION" -These options test whether the package or list of packages on the -command line are known to \fIpkg-config\fP, and optionally whether the -version number of a package meets certain constraints. If all packages -exist and meet the specified version constraints, -.I pkg-config -exits successfully. Otherwise it exits unsuccessfully. - -Rather than using the version-test options, you can simply give a version -constraint after each package name, for example: -.nf - $ pkg-config --exists 'glib-2.0 >= 1.3.4 libxml = 1.8.3' -.fi -Remember to use \-\-print-errors if you want error messages. -.TP -.I "--msvc-syntax" -This option is available only on Windows. It causes \fIpkg-config\fP -to output -l and -L flags in the form recognized by the Microsoft -Visual C++ command-line compiler, \fIcl\fP. Specifically, instead of -.I -Lx:/some/path -it prints \fI/libpath:x/some/path\fP, and instead of \fI-lfoo\fP it -prints \fIfoo.lib\fP. Note that the --libs output consists of flags -for the linker, and should be placed on the cl command line after a -/link switch. -.TP -.I "--dont-define-prefix" -This option is available only on Windows. It prevents \fIpkg-config\fP -from automatically trying to override the value of the variable -"prefix" in each .pc file. -.TP -.I "--prefix-variable=PREFIX" -Also this option is available only on Windows. It sets the name of the -variable that \fIpkg-config\fP automatically sets as described above. -.TP -.I "--static" -Output libraries suitable for static linking. That means including -any private libraries in the output. This relies on proper tagging in -the .pc files, else a too large number of libraries will ordinarily be -output. -.TP -.I "--list-all" -List all modules found in the \fIpkg-config\fP path. -.TP --I "--print-provides" -List all modules the given packages provides. -.TP -.I "--print-requires" -List all modules the given packages requires. -.TP -.I "--print-requires-private" -List all modules the given packages requires for static linking (see --static). -.\" -.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -.TP -.I "PKG_CONFIG_PATH" -A colon-separated (on Windows, semicolon-separated) list of -directories to search for .pc files. The default directory will -always be searched after searching the path; the default is -.I \%libdir/\fPpkgconfig:\fIdatadir\fP/pkgconfig where \fIlibdir\fP is -the libdir for \fIpkg-config\fP and \fIdatadir\fP is the datadir -for \fIpkg-config\fP when it was installed. -.TP -.I "PKG_CONFIG_DEBUG_SPEW" -If set, causes \fIpkg-config\fP to print all kinds of -debugging information and report all errors. -.TP -.I "PKG_CONFIG_TOP_BUILD_DIR" -A value to set for the magic variable \fIpc_top_builddir\fP -which may appear in \fI.pc\fP files. If the environment variable is -not set, the default value '$(top_builddir)' will be used. This -variable should refer to the top builddir of the Makefile where the -compile/link flags reported by \fIpkg-config\fP will be used. -This only matters when compiling/linking against a package that hasn't -yet been installed. -.TP -.I "PKG_CONFIG_DISABLE_UNINSTALLED" -Normally if you request the package "foo" and the package -"foo-uninstalled" exists, \fIpkg-config\fP will prefer the -"-uninstalled" variant. This allows compilation/linking against -uninstalled packages. If this environment variable is set, it -disables said behavior. -.TP -.I "PKG_CONFIG_ALLOW_SYSTEM_CFLAGS" -Don't strip -I/usr/include out of cflags. -.TP -.I "PKG_CONFIG_ALLOW_SYSTEM_LIBS" -Don't strip -L/usr/lib out of libs -.TP -.I "PKG_CONFIG_SYSROOT_DIR" -Modify -I and -L to use the directories located in target sysroot. -this option is useful when cross-compiling packages that use pkg-config -to determine CFLAGS and LDFLAGS. -I and -L are modified to point to -the new system root. this means that a -I/usr/include/libfoo will -become -I/var/target/usr/include/libfoo with a PKG_CONFIG_SYSROOT_DIR -equal to /var/target (same rule apply to -L) -.TP -.I "PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR" -Replaces the default \fIpkg-config\fP search directory, usually \fI/usr/lib/pkgconfig\fP -.\" -.SH QUERYING PKG-CONFIG'S DEFAULTS -.I pkg-config -can be used to query itself for the default search path, version number -and other information, for instance using: -.nf - $ pkg-config --variable pc_path pkg-config -.fi -or -.nf - $ pkg-config --modversion pkg-config -.fi -.SH WINDOWS SPECIALITIES -If a .pc file is found in a directory that matches the usual -conventions (i.e., ends with \\lib\\pkgconfig or \\share\\pkgconfig), -the prefix for that package is assumed to be the grandparent of the -directory where the file was found, and the \fIprefix\fP variable is -overridden for that file accordingly. - -If the value of a variable in a .pc file begins with the original, -non-overridden, value of the \fIprefix\fP variable, then the overridden -value of \fIprefix\fP is used instead. -.\" -.SH AUTOCONF MACROS -.TP -.I "PKG_CHECK_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES [,ACTION-IF-FOUND [,ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]])" - -The macro PKG_CHECK_MODULES can be used in \fIconfigure.ac\fP to -check whether modules exist. A typical usage would be: -.nf - PKG_CHECK_MODULES([MYSTUFF], [gtk+-2.0 >= 1.3.5 libxml = 1.8.4]) -.fi - -This would result in MYSTUFF_LIBS and MYSTUFF_CFLAGS substitution -variables, set to the libs and cflags for the given module list. -If a module is missing or has the wrong version, by default configure -will abort with a message. To replace the default action, -specify an \%ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND. \%PKG_CHECK_MODULES will not print any -error messages if you specify your own ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND. -However, it will set the variable MYSTUFF_PKG_ERRORS, which you can -use to display what went wrong. - -Note that if there is a possibility the first call to -PKG_CHECK_MODULES might not happen, you should be sure to include an -explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your configure.ac. -.\" -.TP -.I "PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG([MIN-VERSION])" - -Defines the PKG_CONFIG variable to the best pkg-config available, -useful if you need pkg-config but don't want to use PKG_CHECK_MODULES. -.\" -.TP -.I "PKG_CHECK_EXISTS(MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])" - -Check to see whether a particular set of modules exists. Similar -to PKG_CHECK_MODULES(), but does not set variables or print errors. - -Similar to PKG_CHECK_MODULES, make sure that the first instance of -this or PKG_CHECK_MODULES is called, or make sure to call -PKG_CHECK_EXISTS manually. - -.SH METADATA FILE SYNTAX -To add a library to the set of packages \fIpkg-config\fP knows about, -simply install a \fI.pc\fP file. You should install this file to -.I libdir\fP/pkgconfig. -.PP -Here is an example file: -.nf -# This is a comment -prefix=/home/hp/unst # this defines a variable -exec_prefix=${prefix} # defining another variable in terms of the first -libdir=${exec_prefix}/lib -includedir=${prefix}/include - -Name: GObject # human-readable name -Description: Object/type system for GLib # human-readable description -Version: 1.3.1 -URL: http://www.gtk.org -Requires: glib-2.0 = 1.3.1 -Conflicts: foobar <= 4.5 -Libs: -L${libdir} -lgobject-1.3 -Libs.private: -lm -Cflags: -I${includedir}/glib-2.0 -I${libdir}/glib/include -.fi -.PP -You would normally generate the file using configure, so that the -prefix, etc. are set to the proper values. The GNU Autoconf manual -recommends generating files like .pc files at build time rather than -configure time, so when you build the .pc file is a matter of taste -and preference. -.PP -Files have two kinds of line: keyword lines start with a keyword plus -a colon, and variable definitions start with an alphanumeric string -plus an equals sign. Keywords are defined in advance and have special -meaning to \fIpkg-config\fP; variables do not, you can have any -variables that you wish (however, users may expect to retrieve the -usual directory name variables). -.PP -Note that variable references are written "${foo}"; you can escape -literal "${" as "$${". -.TP -.I "Name:" -This field should be a human-readable name for the package. Note that -it is not the name passed as an argument to \fIpkg-config\fP. -.TP -.I "Description:" -This should be a brief description of the package -.TP -.I "URL:" -An URL where people can get more information about and download the package -.TP -.I "Version:" -This should be the most-specific-possible package version string. -.TP -.I "Requires:" -This is a comma-separated list of packages that are required by your -package. Flags from dependent packages will be merged in to the flags -reported for your package. Optionally, you can specify the version -of the required package (using the operators =, <, >, >=, <=); -specifying a version allows \fIpkg-config\fP to perform extra sanity -checks. You may only mention the same package one time on the -.I "Requires:" -line. If the version of a package is unspecified, any version will -be used with no checking. -.TP -.I Requires.private: -A list of packages required by this package. The difference from -.I Requires -is that the packages listed under -.I Requires.private -are not taken into account when a flag list is computed for -dynamically linked executable (i.e., when \-\-static was not -specified). In the situation where each .pc file corresponds to a -library, -.I Requires.private -shall be used exclusively to specify the dependencies between the -libraries. -.TP -.I "Conflicts:" -This optional line allows \fIpkg-config\fP to perform additional -sanity checks, primarily to detect broken user installations. The -syntax is the same as -.I "Requires:" -except that -you can list the same package more than once here, for example -"foobar = 1.2.3, foobar = 1.2.5, foobar >= 1.3", if you have reason to -do so. If a version isn't specified, then your package conflicts with -all versions of the mentioned package. -If a user tries to use your package and a conflicting package at the -same time, then \fIpkg-config\fP will complain. -.TP -.I "Libs:" -This line should give the link flags specific to your package. -Don't add any flags for required packages; \fIpkg-config\fP will -add those automatically. -.TP -.I "Libs.private:" -This line should list any private libraries in use. Private libraries -are libraries which are not exposed through your library, but are -needed in the case of static linking. This differs from -.I Requires.private -in that it references libraries that do not have package files -installed. -.TP -.I "Cflags:" -This line should list the compile flags specific to your package. -Don't add any flags for required packages; \fIpkg-config\fP will -add those automatically. -.\" -.SH AUTHOR - -.I pkg-config -was written by James Henstridge, rewritten by Martijn van Beers, and -rewritten again by Havoc Pennington. Tim Janik, Owen Taylor, and Raja -Harinath submitted suggestions and some code. -.I gnome-config -was written by Miguel de Icaza, Raja Harinath and various hackers in -the GNOME team. It was inspired by Owen Taylor's \fIgtk-config\fP -program. -.\" -.SH BUGS - -\fIpkg-config\fP does not handle mixing of parameters with and without -= well. Stick with one. - -Bugs can be reported at http://bugs.freedesktop.org/ under the -.I pkg-config -component. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/ppm2tiff.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/ppm2tiff.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 882fd04..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/ppm2tiff.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: ppm2tiff.1,v 1.5 2006-03-01 11:20:33 dron Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH PPM2TIFF 1 "March 1, 2006" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -ppm2tiff \- create a -.SM TIFF -file from -.SM PPM, PGM -and -.SM PBM -image files -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B ppm2tiff -[ -.I options -] [ -.I input.ppm -] -.I output.tif -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I ppm2tiff -converts a file in the -.SM PPM, PGM -and -.SM PBM -image formats to -.SM TIFF. -By default, the -.SM TIFF -image is created with data samples packed (\c -.IR PlanarConfiguration =1), -compressed with the Packbits algorithm (\c -.IR Compression =32773), -and with each strip no more than 8 kilobytes. These characteristics can be -overridden, or explicitly specified with the options described below -.PP -If the -.SM PPM -file contains greyscale data, then the -.I PhotometricInterpretation -tag is set to 1 (min-is-black), otherwise it is set to 2 (RGB). -.PP -If no -.SM PPM -file is specified on the command line, -.I ppm2tiff -will read from the standard input. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-c -Specify a compression scheme to use when writing image data: -.B none -for no compression, -.B packbits -for PackBits compression (will be used by default), -.B lzw -for Lempel-Ziv & Welch compression, -.B jpeg -for baseline JPEG compression, -.B zip -for Deflate compression, -.B g3 -for CCITT Group 3 (T.4) compression, -and -.B g4 -for CCITT Group 4 (T.6) compression. -.TP -.B \-r -Write data with a specified number of rows per strip; by default the number of -rows/strip is selected so that each strip is approximately 8 kilobytes. -.TP -.B \-R -Mark the resultant image to have the specified X and Y resolution (in -dots/inch). -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR tiffcp (1), -.BR tiffmedian (1), -.BR libtiff (3) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/ras2tiff.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/ras2tiff.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 0c78ddb..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/ras2tiff.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: ras2tiff.1,v 1.4 2006-04-20 12:17:19 dron Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1990-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH RAS2TIFF 1 "November 2, 2005" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -ras2tiff \- create a -.SM TIFF -file from a Sun rasterfile -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B ras2tiff -[ -.I options -] -.I input.ras -.I output.tif -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I ras2tiff -converts a file in the Sun rasterfile format to -.SM TIFF. -By default, the -.SM TIFF -image is created with data samples packed (\c -.IR PlanarConfiguration =1), -compressed with the Lempel-Ziv & Welch algorithm (\c -.IR Compression =5), -and with each strip no more than 8 kilobytes. -These characteristics can overridden, or explicitly specified -with the options described below. -.PP -Any colormap information in the rasterfile is carried over to the -.SM TIFF -file by including a -.I Colormap -tag in the output file. -If the rasterfile has a colormap, the -.I PhotometricInterpretation -tag is set to 3 (palette); -otherwise it is set to 2 (RGB) if the depth -is 24 or 1 (min-is-black) if the depth is not 24. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-c -Specify a compression scheme to use when writing image data: -.B "\-c none" -for no compression, -.B "\-c packbits" -for the PackBits compression algorithm, -.B "\-c jpeg" -for the baseline JPEG compression algorithm, -.B "\-c zip -for the Deflate compression algorithm, -and -.B "\-c lzw" -for Lempel-Ziv & Welch (the default). -.TP -.B \-r -Write data with a specified number of rows per strip; -by default the number of rows/strip is selected so that each strip -is approximately 8 kilobytes. -.SH BUGS -Does not handle all possible rasterfiles. -In particular, -.I ras2tiff -does not handle run-length encoded images. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR pal2rgb (1), -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR tiffcp (1), -.BR tiffmedian (1), -.BR libtiff (3) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ - diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/raw2tiff.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/raw2tiff.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 3e832df..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/raw2tiff.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,196 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: raw2tiff.1,v 1.7 2009-08-24 19:13:40 bfriesen Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1990-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH RAW2TIFF 1 "November 2, 2005" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -raw2tiff \- create a -.SM TIFF -file from a raw data -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B raw2tiff -[ -.I options -] -.I input.raw -.I output.tif -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I raw2tiff -converts a raw byte sequence into -.SM TIFF. -By default, the -.SM TIFF -image is created with data samples packed (\c -.IR PlanarConfiguration =1), -compressed with the PackBits algorithm (\c -.IR Compression =32773), -and with each strip no more than 8 kilobytes. -These characteristics can overridden, or explicitly specified -with the options described below. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.BI \-H " number" -size of input image file header in bytes (0 by default). This amount of data -just will be skipped from the start of file while reading. -.TP -.BI \-w " number" -width of input image in pixels (can be guessed, see -.SM -.B "GUESSING THE IMAGE GEOMETRY" -below). -.TP -.BI \-l " number" -length of input image in lines (can be guessed, see -.SM -.B "GUESSING THE IMAGE GEOMETRY" -below). -.TP -.BI \-b " number" -number of bands in input image (1 by default). -.TP -.BI \-d " data_type" -type of samples in input image, where -.I data_type -may be: -.ta \w'\fBdouble \fR'u -.br -.B byte\t -8-bit unsigned integer (default), -.br -.B short\t -16-bit unsigned integer, -.br -.B long\t -32-bit unsigned integer, -.br -.B sbyte\t -8-bit signed integer, -.br -.B sshort\t -16-bit signed integer, -.br -.B slong\t -32-bit signed integer, -.br -.B float\t -32-bit IEEE floating point, -.br -.B double\t -64-bit IEEE floating point. -.TP -.BI \-i " config" -type of samples interleaving in input image, where -.I config -may be: -.ta \w'\fBpixel \fR'u -.br -.B pixel\t -pixel interleaved data (default), -.br -.B band\t -band interleaved data. -.TP -.BI \-p " photo" -photometric interpretation (color space) of the input image, where -.I photo -may be: -.ta \w'\fBminiswhite \fR'u -.br -.B miniswhite\t -white color represented with 0 value, -.br -.B minisblack\t -black color represented with 0 value (default), -.br -.B rgb\t -image has RGB color model, -.br -.B cmyk\t -image has CMYK (separated) color model, -.br -.B ycbcr\t -image has YCbCr color model, -.br -.B cielab\t -image has CIE L*a*b color model, -.br -.B icclab\t -image has ICC L*a*b color model, -.br -.B itulab\t -image has ITU L*a*b color model. -.TP -.B \-s -swap bytes fetched from the input file. -.TP -.B \-L -input data has LSB2MSB bit order (default). -.TP -.B \-M -input data has MSB2LSB bit order. -.TP -.B \-c -Specify a compression scheme to use when writing image data: -.B "\-c none" -for no compression, -.B "\-c packbits" -for the PackBits compression algorithm (the default), -.B "\-c jpeg" -for the baseline JPEG compression algorithm, -.B "\-c zip" -for the Deflate compression algorithm, -and -.B "\-c lzw" -for Lempel-Ziv & Welch. -.TP -.BI \-r " number" -Write data with a specified number of rows per strip; -by default the number of rows/strip is selected so that each strip -is approximately 8 kilobytes. -.SH GUESSING THE IMAGE GEOMETRY -.I raw2tiff -can guess image width and height in case one or both of these parameters are -not specified. If you omit one of those parameters, the complementary one will -be calculated based on the file size (taking into account header size, number -of bands and data type). If you omit both parameters, the statistical approach -will be used. Utility will compute correlation coefficient between two lines -at the image center using several appropriate line sizes and the highest -absolute value of the coefficient will indicate the right line size. That is -why you should be cautious with the very large images, because guessing -process may take a while (depending on your system performance). Of course, the -utility can't guess the header size, number of bands and data type, so it -should be specified manually. If you don't know anything about your image, -just try with the several combinations of those options. -.P -There is no magic, it is just a mathematical statistics, so it can be wrong -in some cases. But for most ordinary images guessing method will work fine. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR pal2rgb (1), -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR tiffcp (1), -.BR tiffmedian (1), -.BR libtiff (3) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/rdjpgcom.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/rdjpgcom.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 97611df..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/rdjpgcom.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -.TH RDJPGCOM 1 "02 April 2009" -.SH NAME -rdjpgcom \- display text comments from a JPEG file -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B rdjpgcom -[ -.B \-raw -] -[ -.B \-verbose -] -[ -.I filename -] -.LP -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -.B rdjpgcom -reads the named JPEG/JFIF file, or the standard input if no file is named, -and prints any text comments found in the file on the standard output. -.PP -The JPEG standard allows "comment" (COM) blocks to occur within a JPEG file. -Although the standard doesn't actually define what COM blocks are for, they -are widely used to hold user-supplied text strings. This lets you add -annotations, titles, index terms, etc to your JPEG files, and later retrieve -them as text. COM blocks do not interfere with the image stored in the JPEG -file. The maximum size of a COM block is 64K, but you can have as many of -them as you like in one JPEG file. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-raw -Normally -.B rdjpgcom -escapes non-printable characters in comments, for security reasons. -This option avoids that. -.PP -.B \-verbose -Causes -.B rdjpgcom -to also display the JPEG image dimensions. -.PP -Switch names may be abbreviated, and are not case sensitive. -.SH HINTS -.B rdjpgcom -does not depend on the IJG JPEG library. Its source code is intended as an -illustration of the minimum amount of code required to parse a JPEG file -header correctly. -.PP -In -.B \-verbose -mode, -.B rdjpgcom -will also attempt to print the contents of any "APP12" markers as text. -Some digital cameras produce APP12 markers containing useful textual -information. If you like, you can modify the source code to print -other APPn marker types as well. -.SH SEE ALSO -.BR cjpeg (1), -.BR djpeg (1), -.BR jpegtran (1), -.BR wrjpgcom (1) -.SH AUTHOR -Independent JPEG Group diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/recode-sr-latin.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/recode-sr-latin.1 deleted file mode 100644 index f4c1a19..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/recode-sr-latin.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH RECODE-SR-LATIN "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-tools 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -recode-sr-latin \- convert Serbian text from Cyrillic to Latin script -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B recode-sr-latin -[\fIOPTION\fR] -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -.PP -Recode Serbian text from Cyrillic to Latin script. -The input text is read from standard input. The converted text is output to -standard output. -.SS "Informative output:" -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -output version information and exit -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Danilo Segan and Bruno Haible. -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2006-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -.br -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B recode-sr-latin -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B recode-sr-latin -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info recode-sr-latin -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/rgb2ycbcr.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/rgb2ycbcr.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 01a332c..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/rgb2ycbcr.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Header: /cvs/maptools/cvsroot/libtiff/man/rgb2ycbcr.1,v 1.4 2006-04-20 12:17:19 dron Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH RGB2YCBCR 1 "November 2, 2005" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -rgb2ycbcr \- convert non-YCbCr -.SM TIFF -images to a YCbCr -.SM TIFF -image -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B rgb2ycbcr -[ -.I options -] -.I "src1.tif src2.tif ... dst.tif" -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I rgb2ycbcr -converts -.SM RGB -color, greyscale, or bi-level -.SM TIFF -images to YCbCr images by transforming and sampling pixel data. If multiple -files are specified on the command line each source file is converted to a -separate directory in the destination file. -.PP -By default, chrominance samples are created by sampling -2 by 2 blocks of luminance values; this can be changed with the -.B \-h -and -.B \-v -options. -Output data are compressed with the -.SM PackBits -compression scheme, by default; an alternate scheme can be selected with the -.B \-c -option. -By default, output data are compressed in strips with -the number of rows in each strip selected so that the -size of a strip is never more than 8 kilobytes; -the -.B \-r -option can be used to explicitly set the number of -rows per strip. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-c -Specify a compression scheme to use when writing image data: -.B "\-c none" -for no compression, -.B "\-c packbits" -for the PackBits compression algorithm (the default), -.B "\-c jpeg" -for the JPEG compression algorithm, -.B "\-c zip" -for the deflate compression algorithm, -and -.B "\-c lzw" -for Lempel-Ziv & Welch. -.TP -.B \-h -Set the horizontal sampling dimension to one of: 1, 2 (default), or 4. -.TP -.B \-r -Write data with a specified number of rows per strip; -by default the number of rows/strip is selected so that each strip -is approximately 8 kilobytes. -.TP -.B \-v -Set the vertical sampling dimension to one of: 1, 2 (default), or 4. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR tiffcp (1), -.BR libtiff (3) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/sgi2tiff.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/sgi2tiff.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 650adb3..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/sgi2tiff.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: sgi2tiff.1,v 1.4 2006-04-20 12:17:19 dron Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH SGI2TIFF 1 "November 2, 2005" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -sgi2tiff \- create a -.SM TIFF -file from an -.SM SGI -image file -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B sgi2tiff -[ -.I options -] -.I input.rgb -.I output.tif -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I sgi2tiff -converts a file in the -.SM SGI -image format to -.SM TIFF. -By default, the -.SM TIFF -image is created with data samples packed (\c -.IR PlanarConfiguration =1), -compressed with the Lempel-Ziv & Welch algorithm (\c -.IR Compression =5), -and with each strip no more than 8 kilobytes. -These characteristics can overridden, or explicitly specified -with the options described below. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-c -Specify a compression scheme to use when writing image data: -.B "\-c none" -for no compression, -.B "\-c packbits" -for the PackBits compression algorithm), -.B "\-c jpeg" -for the baseline JPEG compression algorithm, -.B "\-c zip -for the Deflate compression algorithm, -and -.B "\-c lzw" -for Lempel-Ziv & Welch (the default). -.TP -.B \-p -Explicitly select the planar configuration used in organizing -data samples in the output image: -.B "\-p contig" -for samples packed contiguously, and -.B "\-p separate" -for samples stored separately. -By default samples are packed. -.TP -.B \-r -Write data with a specified number of rows per strip; -by default the number of rows/strip is selected so that each strip -is approximately 8 kilobytes. -.SH BUGS -Does not record colormap information. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR tiffcp (1), -.BR tiffmedian (1), -.BR libtiff (3) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/thumbnail.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/thumbnail.1 deleted file mode 100644 index f4172bb..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/thumbnail.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: thumbnail.1,v 1.2 2005-11-02 11:07:19 dron Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH THUMBNAIL 1 "November 2, 2005" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -thumbnail \- create a -.SM TIFF -file with thumbnail images -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B thumbnail -[ -.I options -] -.I input.tif -.I output.tif -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I thumbnail -is a program written to show how one might use the -SubIFD tag (#330) to store thumbnail images. -.I thumbnail -copies a -.SM TIFF -Class F facsimile file to the output file -and for each image an 8-bit greyscale -.IR "thumbnail sketch" . -The output file contains the thumbnail image with the associated -full-resolution page linked below with the SubIFD tag. -.PP -By default, thumbnail images are 216 pixels wide by 274 pixels high. -Pixels are calculated by sampling and filtering the input image -with each pixel value passed through a contrast curve. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-w -Specify the width of thumbnail images in pixels. -.TP -.B \-h -Specify the height of thumbnail images in pixels. -.TP -.B \-c -Specify a contrast curve to apply in generating the thumbnail images. -By default pixels values are passed through a linear contrast curve -that simply maps the pixel value ranges. -Alternative curves are: -.B exp50 -for a 50% exponential curve, -.B exp60 -for a 60% exponential curve, -.B exp70 -for a 70% exponential curve, -.B exp80 -for a 80% exponential curve, -.B exp90 -for a 90% exponential curve, -.B exp -for a pure exponential curve, -.B linear -for a linear curve. -.SH BUGS -There are no options to control the format of the saved thumbnail images. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR tiffdump (1), -.BR tiffgt (1), -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR libtiff (3) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiff2bw.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiff2bw.1 deleted file mode 100644 index ccbe7e8..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiff2bw.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: tiff2bw.1,v 1.3 2006-04-20 12:17:19 dron Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH TIFF2BW 1 "November 2, 2005" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -tiff2bw \- convert a color -.SM TIFF -image to greyscale -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B tiff2bw -[ -.I options -] -.I input.tif -.I output.tif -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I Tiff2bw -converts an -.SM RGB -or Palette color -.SM TIFF -image to a greyscale image by -combining percentages of the red, green, and blue channels. -By default, output samples are created by taking -28% of the red channel, 59% of the green channel, and 11% of -the blue channel. -To alter these percentages, the -.BR \-R , -.BR \-G , -and -.BR \-B -options may be used. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-c -Specify a compression scheme to use when writing image data: -.B "\-c none" -for no compression, -.B "\-c packbits" -for the PackBits compression algorithm, -.B "\-c zip -for the Deflate compression algorithm, -.B "\-c g3 -for the CCITT Group 3 compression algorithm, -.B "\-c g4 -for the CCITT Group 4 compression algorithm, -and -.B "\-c lzw" -for Lempel-Ziv & Welch (the default). -.TP -.B \-r -Write data with a specified number of rows per strip; -by default the number of rows/strip is selected so that each strip -is approximately 8 kilobytes. -.TP -.B \-R -Specify the percentage of the red channel to use (default 28). -.TP -.B \-G -Specify the percentage of the green channel to use (default 59). -.TP -.B \-B -Specify the percentage of the blue channel to use (default 11). -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR pal2rgb (1), -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR tiffcp (1), -.BR tiffmedian (1), -.BR libtiff (3) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiff2pdf.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiff2pdf.1 deleted file mode 100644 index ba670cf..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiff2pdf.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,254 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: tiff2pdf.1,v 1.7 2010-12-11 22:47:49 faxguy Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Ross Finlayson -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the name of -.\" Ross Finlayson may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Ross Finlayson. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL ROSS FINLAYSON BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.\" Process this file with -.\" groff -man -Tascii tiff2pdf.1 -.\" -.TH TIFF2PDF 1 "April 20, 2006" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -tiff2pdf \- convert a TIFF image to a PDF document -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B tiff2pdf -[ -.I options -] -.I input.tiff -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I tiff2pdf -opens a TIFF image and writes a PDF document to standard output. -.PP -The program converts one TIFF file to one PDF file, including multiple page -TIFF files, tiled TIFF files, black and white. grayscale, and color TIFF -files that contain data of TIFF photometric interpretations of bilevel, -grayscale, RGB, YCbCr, CMYK separation, and ICC L*a*b* as supported by -.I libtiff -and PDF. -.PP -If you have multiple TIFF files to convert into one PDF file then use -.I tiffcp -or other program to concatenate the files into a multiple page TIFF file. -If the input TIFF file is of huge dimensions (greater than 10000 pixels height -or width) convert the input image to a tiled TIFF if it is not already. -.PP -The standard output is standard output. Set the output file name with the -.BI \-o " output.pdf" -option. -.PP -All black and white files are compressed into a single strip CCITT G4 Fax -compressed PDF, unless tiled, where tiled black and white images are -compressed into tiled CCITT G4 Fax compressed PDF, -.I libtiff -CCITT support is assumed. -.PP -Color and grayscale data can be compressed using either JPEG compression, -ITU-T T.81, or Zip/Deflate LZ77 compression. Set the compression type using -the -.B \-j -or -.B \-z -options. JPEG compression support -requires that -.I libtiff -be configured with JPEG support, and Zip/Deflate compression support requires -that -.I libtiff -be configured with Zip support, in tiffconf.h. Use only one or the other of -.B \-j -and -.B \-z. -.PP -If the input TIFF contains single strip CCITT G4 Fax compressed information, -then that is written to the PDF file without transcoding, unless the options -of no compression and no passthrough are set, -.B \-d -and -.B \-n. -.PP -If the input TIFF contains JPEG or single strip Zip/Deflate compressed -information, and they are configured, then that is written to the PDF file -without transcoding, unless the options of no compression and no passthrough -are set. -.PP -The default page size upon which the TIFF image is placed is determined by -the resolution and extent of the image data. Default values for the TIFF -image resolution can be set using the -.B \-x -and -.B \-y -options. The page size can be set using the -.B \-p -option for paper size, or -.B \-w -and -.B \-l -for paper width and length, then each page of the TIFF image is centered on -its page. The distance unit for default resolution and page width and -length can be set by the -.B \-u -option, the default unit is inch. -.PP -Various items of the output document information can be set with the -.BR \-e , -.BR \-c , -.BR \-a , -.BR \-t , -.BR \-s , -and -.B \-k -options. Setting the argument of the option to "" for these -tags causes the relevant document information field to be not written. Some -of the document information values otherwise get their information from the -input TIFF image, the software, author, document name, and image description. -.PP -The Portable Document Format (PDF) specification is copyrighted by Adobe -Systems, Incorporated. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.BI \-o " output-file" -Set the output to go to file. -.I output-file -.TP -.B \-j -Compress with JPEG (requires -.I libjpeg -configured with -.IR libtiff ). -.TP -.B \-z -Compress with Zip/Deflate (requires -.I zlib -configured with -.IR libtiff ). -.TP -.BI \-q " quality" -Set the compression quality, 1-100 for JPEG. -.TP -.B \-n -Do not allow data to be converted without uncompressing, no compressed -data passthrough. -.TP -.BI \-b -Set PDF ``Interpolate'' user preference. -.TP -.B \-d -Do not compress (decompress). -.TP -.B \-i -Invert colors. -.TP -.BI \-p " paper-size" -Set paper size, e.g., -.BR letter , -.BR legal , -.BR A4 . -.TP -.B \-F -Cause the tiff to fill the PDF page. -.TP -.BR \-u " [" i | m ] -Set distance unit, -.B i -for inch, -.B m -for centimeter. -.TP -.BI \-w " width" -Set width in units. -.TP -.BI \-l " length" -Set length in units. -.TP -.BI \-x " xres" -Set x/width resolution default. -.TP -.BI \-y " yres" -Set y/length resolution default. -.TP -.BR \-r " [" d | o ] -Set -.B d -for resolution default for images without resolution, -.B o -for resolution override for all images. -.TP -.BI \-f -Set PDF ``Fit Window'' user preference. -.TP -.BI \-e " YYYYMMDDHHMMSS" -Set document information date, overrides image or current date/time default, -.I YYYYMMDDHHMMSS. -.TP -.BI \-c " creator" -Set document information creator, overrides image software default. -.TP -.BI \-a " author" -Set document information author, overrides image artist default. -.TP -.BI \-t " title" -Set document information title, overrides image document name default. -.TP -.BI \-s " subject" -Set document information subject, overrides image image description default. -.TP -.BI \-k " keywords" -Set document information keywords. -.TP -.B \-h -List usage reminder to stderr and exit. -.SH EXAMPLES -.TP -The following example would generate the file output.pdf from input.tiff. -.RS -.nf -tiff2pdf \-o output.pdf input.tiff -.fi -.RE -.PP -The following example would generate PDF output from input.tiff and write it -to standard output. -.RS -.nf -tiff2pdf input.tiff -.fi -.RE -.PP -The following example would generate the file output.pdf from input.tiff, -putting the image pages on a letter sized page, compressing the output -with JPEG, with JPEG quality 75, setting the title to ``Document'', and setting -the ``Fit Window'' option. -.RS -.nf -tiff2pdf \-p letter \-j \-q 75 \-t "Document" \-f \-o output.pdf input.tiff -.fi -.RE -.SH BUGS -Please report bugs via the web interface at -.IP -\%http://bugzilla.remotesensing.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=libtiff -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR libtiff (3), -.BR tiffcp (1), -.BR tiff2ps (1) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiff2ps.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiff2ps.1 deleted file mode 100644 index c3a9bac..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiff2ps.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,273 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: tiff2ps.1,v 1.10 2009-01-12 02:05:19 bfriesen Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.ds Ps PostScript -.if n .po 0 -.TH TIFF2PS 1 "November 2, 2005" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -tiff2ps \- convert a -.SM TIFF -image to \*(Ps\*(Tm -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B tiff2ps -[ -.I options -] -.I "input.tif ..." -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I tiff2ps -reads -.SM TIFF -images and writes \*(Ps or Encapsulated \*(Ps (EPS) -on the standard output. -By default, -.I tiff2ps -writes Encapsulated \*(Ps for the first image in the specified -.SM TIFF -image file. -.PP -By default, -.I tiff2ps -will generate \*(Ps that fills a printed area specified -by the -.SM TIFF -tags in the input file. -If the file does not contain -.I XResolution -or -.I YResolution -tags, then the printed area is set according to the image dimensions. -The -.B \-w -and -.B \-h -options (see below) -can be used to set the dimensions of the printed area in inches; -overriding any relevant -.SM TIFF -tags. -.PP -The \*(Ps generated for -.SM RGB, -palette, and -.SM CMYK -images uses the -.I colorimage -operator. -The \*(Ps generated for -greyscale and bilevel images -uses the -.I image -operator. -When the -.I colorimage -operator is used, \*(Ps code to emulate this operator -on older \*(Ps printers is also generated. -Note that this emulation code can be very slow. -.PP -Color images with associated alpha data are composited over -a white background. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-1 -Generate \*(Ps Level 1 (the default). -.TP -.B \-2 -Generate \*(Ps Level 2. -.TP -.B \-3 -Generate \*(Ps Level 3. It basically allows one to use the /flateDecode -filter for ZIP compressed TIFF images. -.TP -.B \-a -Generate output for all IFDs (pages) in the input file. -.TP -.B \-b -Specify the bottom margin for the output (in inches). This does not affect -the height of the printed image. -.TP -.B \-c -Center the image in the output. This option only shows an effect if both -the -.B \-w -and the -.B \-h -option are given. -.TP -.B \-d -Set the initial -.SM TIFF -directory to the specified directory number. -(NB: Directories are numbered starting at zero.) -This option is useful for selecting individual pages in a -multi-page (e.g. facsimile) file. -.TP -.B \-e -Force the generation of Encapsulated \*(Ps (implies -.BR \-z ). -.TP -.B \-h -Specify the vertical size of the printed area (in inches). -.TP -.B \-H -Specify the maximum height of image (in inches). Images with larger sizes will -be split in several pages. Option -.B \-L -may be used for specifying size of split images overlapping. -.TP -.B \-W -Specify the maximum width of image (in inches). Images with larger sizes will -be split in several pages. Options -.B \-L -and -.B \-W -are mutually exclusive. -.B \-i -Enable/disable pixel interpolation. This option requires a -single numeric value: zero to disable pixel interpolation and -non-zero to enable. The default is enabled. -.TP -.B \-L -Specify the size of overlapping for split images (in inches). Used in -conjunction with -.B \-H -option and -.B \-W -option. -.TP -.B \-l -Specify the left margin for the output (in inches). This does not affect -the width of the printed image. -.TP -.B \-m -Where possible render using the -.I imagemask -\*(Ps operator instead of the -.I image -operator. When this option is specified -.I tiff2ps -will use -.I imagemask -for rendering 1 bit deep images. If this option is not specified -or if the image depth is greater than 1 then the -.I image -operator is used. -.TP -.B \-o -Set the initial -.SM TIFF -directory to the -.SM IFD -at the specified file offset. -This option is useful for selecting thumbnail images and the -like which are hidden using the -.I SubIFD -tag. -.TP -.B \-p -Force the generation of (non-Encapsulated) \*(Ps. -.TP -.B \-r 90|180|270|auto -Rotate image by 90, 180, 270 degrees or auto. Auto picks the best -fit for the image on the specified paper size (eg portrait -or landscape) if -h or -w is specified. Rotation is in degrees -counterclockwise. Auto rotates 90 degrees ccw to produce landscape. -.TP -.B \-s -Generate output for a single IFD (page) in the input file. -.TP -.B \-w -Specify the horizontal size of the printed area (in inches). -.TP -.B \-x -Override resolution units specified in the TIFF as centimeters. -.TP -.B \-y -Override resolution units specified in the TIFF as inches. -.TP -.B \-z -When generating \*(Ps Level 2, data is scaled so that it does not -image into the -.I deadzone -on a page (the outer margin that the printing device is unable to mark). -This option suppresses this behavior. -When \*(Ps Level 1 is generated, data is imaged to the entire printed -page and this option has no affect. -.SH EXAMPLES -The following generates \*(Ps Level 2 for all pages of a facsimile: -.RS -.nf -tiff2ps \-a2 fax.tif | lpr -.fi -.RE -Note also that if you have version 2.6.1 or newer of Ghostscript then you -can efficiently preview facsimile generated with the above command. -.PP -To generate Encapsulated \*(Ps for a the image at directory 2 -of an image use: -.RS -.nf -tiff2ps \-d 1 foo.tif -.fi -.RE -(Notice that directories are numbered starting at zero.) -.PP -If you have a long image, it may be split in several pages: -.RS -.nf -tiff2ps \-h11 \-w8.5 \-H14 \-L.5 foo.tif > foo.ps -.fi -.RE -The page size is set to 8.5x11 by -.B \-w -and -.B \-h -options. We will accept a small amount of vertical compression, so -.B \-H -set to 14. Any pages between 11 and 14 inches will be fit onto one page. -Pages longer than 14 inches are cut off at 11 and continued on the next -page. The -.B \-L.5 -option says to repeat a half inch on the next page (to improve readability). -.SH BUGS -Because \*(Ps does not support the notion of a colormap, -8-bit palette images produce 24-bit \*(Ps images. -This conversion results in output that is six times -bigger than the original image and which takes a long time -to send to a printer over a serial line. -Matters are even worse for 4-, 2-, and 1-bit palette images. -.PP -Does not handle tiled images when generating \*(Ps Level I output. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR pal2rgb (1), -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR tiffcp (1), -.BR tiffgt (1), -.BR tiffmedian (1), -.BR tiff2bw (1), -.BR tiffsv (1), -.BR libtiff (3) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiff2rgba.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiff2rgba.1 deleted file mode 100644 index c551656..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiff2rgba.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: tiff2rgba.1,v 1.4 2006-04-20 12:17:19 dron Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH TIFF2RGBA 1 "November 2, 2005" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -tiff2rgba \- convert a -.SM TIFF -image to RGBA color space -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B tiff2rgba -[ -.I options -] -.I input.tif -.I output.tif -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I Tiff2rgba -converts a wide variety of TIFF images into an RGBA TIFF image. This -includes the ability to translate different color spaces and photometric -interpretation into RGBA, support for alpha blending, and translation -of many different bit depths into a 32bit RGBA image. -.P -Internally this program is implemented using the -.I TIFFReadRGBAImage() -function, and it suffers any limitations of that image. This includes -limited support for > 8 BitsPerSample images, and flaws with some -esoteric combinations of BitsPerSample, photometric interpretation, -block organization and planar configuration. -.P -The generated images are stripped images with four samples per pixel -(red, green, blue and alpha) or if the -.B \-n -flag is used, three samples -per pixel (red, green, and blue). The resulting images are always planar -configuration contiguous. For this reason, this program is a useful utility -for transform exotic TIFF files into a form ingestible by almost any TIFF -supporting software. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-c -Specify a compression scheme to use when writing image data: -.B "\-c none" -for no compression (the default), -.B "\-c packbits" -for the PackBits compression algorithm, -.B "\-c zip" -for the Deflate compression algorithm, -.B "\-c jpeg" -for the JPEG compression algorithm, -and -.B "\-c lzw" -for Lempel-Ziv & Welch. -.TP -.B \-r -Write data with a specified number of rows per strip; -by default the number of rows/strip is selected so that each strip -is approximately 8 kilobytes. -.TP -.B \-b -Process the image one block (strip/tile) at a time instead of by reading -the whole image into memory at once. This may be necessary for very large -images on systems with limited RAM. -.TP -.B \-n -Drop the alpha component from the output file, producing a pure RGB file. -Currently this does not work if the -.B \-b -flag is also in effect. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR tiff2bw (1), -.BR TIFFReadRGBAImage (3t), -.BR libtiff (3) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffcmp.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffcmp.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 961d812..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffcmp.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: tiffcmp.1,v 1.6 2009-08-24 19:13:40 bfriesen Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH TIFFCMP 1 "November 2, 2005" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -tiffcmp \- compare two -.SM TIFF -files -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B tiffcmp -[ -.I options -] -.I "file1.tif file2.tif" -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I Tiffcmp -compares the tags and data in two files created according -to the Tagged Image File Format, Revision 6.0. -The schemes used for compressing data in each file -are immaterial when data are compared\-data are compared on -a scanline-by-scanline basis after decompression. -Most directory tags are checked; notable exceptions are: -.IR GrayResponseCurve , -.IR ColorResponseCurve , -and -.IR ColorMap -tags. -Data will not be compared if any of the -.IR BitsPerSample , -.IR SamplesPerPixel , -or -.I ImageWidth -values are not equal. -By default, -.I tiffcmp -will terminate if it encounters any difference. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-l -List each byte of image data that differs between the files. -.TP -.BI \-z " number" -List specified number of image data bytes that differs between the files. -.TP -.B \-t -Ignore any differences in directory tags. -.SH BUGS -Tags that are not recognized by the library are not -compared; they may also generate spurious diagnostics. -.PP -The image data of tiled files is not compared, since the -.I TIFFReadScanline() -function is used. An error will be reported for tiled files. -.PP -The pixel and/or sample number reported in differences may be off -in some exotic cases. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR pal2rgb (1), -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR tiffcp (1), -.BR tiffmedian (1), -.BR libtiff (3TIFF) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffcp.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffcp.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 5fdcc47..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffcp.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,306 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: tiffcp.1,v 1.12 2010-12-23 13:38:47 dron Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH TIFFCP 1 "February 24, 2007" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -tiffcp \- copy (and possibly convert) a -.SM TIFF -file -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B tiffcp -[ -.I options -] -.I "src1.tif ... srcN.tif dst.tif" -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I tiffcp -combines one or more files created according -to the Tag Image File Format, Revision 6.0 -into a single -.SM TIFF -file. -Because the output file may be compressed using a different -algorithm than the input files, -.I tiffcp -is most often used to convert between different compression -schemes. -.PP -By default, -.I tiffcp -will copy all the understood tags in a -.SM TIFF -directory of an input -file to the associated directory in the output file. -.PP -.I tiffcp -can be used to reorganize the storage characteristics of data -in a file, but it is explicitly intended to not alter or convert -the image data content in any way. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.BI \-b " image" -subtract the following monochrome image from all others -processed. This can be used to remove a noise bias -from a set of images. This bias image is typically an -image of noise the camera saw with its shutter closed. -.TP -.B \-B -Force output to be written with Big-Endian byte order. -This option only has an effect when the output file is created or -overwritten and not when it is appended to. -.TP -.B \-C -Suppress the use of ``strip chopping'' when reading images -that have a single strip/tile of uncompressed data. -.TP -.B \-c -Specify the compression to use for data written to the output file: -.B none -for no compression, -.B packbits -for PackBits compression, -.B lzw -for Lempel-Ziv & Welch compression, -.B zip -for Deflate compression, -.B lzma -for LZMA2 compression, -.B jpeg -for baseline JPEG compression, -.B g3 -for CCITT Group 3 (T.4) compression, -and -.B g4 -for CCITT Group 4 (T.6) compression. -By default -.I tiffcp -will compress data according to the value of the -.I Compression -tag found in the source file. -.IP -The -.SM CCITT -Group 3 and Group 4 compression algorithms can only -be used with bilevel data. -.IP -Group 3 compression can be specified together with several -T.4-specific options: -.B 1d -for 1-dimensional encoding, -.B 2d -for 2-dimensional encoding, -and -.B fill -to force each encoded scanline to be zero-filled so that the -terminating EOL code lies on a byte boundary. -Group 3-specific options are specified by appending a ``:''-separated -list to the ``g3'' option; e.g. -.B "\-c g3:2d:fill" -to get 2D-encoded data with byte-aligned EOL codes. -.IP -.SM LZW, Deflate -and -.SM LZMA2 -compression can be specified together with a -.I predictor -value. A predictor value of 2 causes each scanline of the output image to -undergo horizontal differencing before it is encoded; a value of 1 forces each -scanline to be encoded without differencing. A value 3 is for floating point -predictor which you can use if the encoded data are in floating point format. -LZW-specific options are specified by appending a ``:''-separated list to the -``lzw'' option; e.g. -.B "\-c lzw:2" -for -.SM LZW -compression with horizontal differencing. -.IP -.SM Deflate -and -.SM LZMA2 -encoders support various compression levels (or encoder presets) set as -character ``p'' and a preset number. ``p1'' is the fastest one with the worst -compression ratio and ``p9'' is the slowest but with the best possible ratio; -e.g. -.B "\-c zip:3:p9" -for -.SM Deflate -encoding with maximum compression level and floating point predictor. -.TP -.B \-f -Specify the bit fill order to use in writing output data. -By default, -.I tiffcp -will create a new file with the same fill order as the original. -Specifying -.B "\-f lsb2msb" -will force data to be written with the FillOrder tag set to -.SM LSB2MSB, -while -.B "\-f msb2lsb" -will force data to be written with the FillOrder tag set to -.SM MSB2LSB. -.TP -.B \-i -Ignore non-fatal read errors and continue processing of the input file. -.TP -.B \-l -Specify the length of a tile (in pixels). -.I tiffcp -attempts to set the tile dimensions so -that no more than 8 kilobytes of data appear in a tile. -.TP -.B \-L -Force output to be written with Little-Endian byte order. -This option only has an effect when the output file is created or -overwritten and not when it is appended to. -.TP -.B \-M -Suppress the use of memory-mapped files when reading images. -.TP -.B \-p -Specify the planar configuration to use in writing image data -that has one 8-bit sample per pixel. -By default, -.I tiffcp -will create a new file with the same planar configuration as -the original. -Specifying -.B "\-p contig" -will force data to be written with multi-sample data packed -together, while -.B "\-p separate" -will force samples to be written in separate planes. -.TP -.B \-r -Specify the number of rows (scanlines) in each strip of data -written to the output file. -By default (or when value -.B 0 -is specified), -.I tiffcp -attempts to set the rows/strip -that no more than 8 kilobytes of data appear in a strip. If you specify -special value -.B \-1 -it will results in infinite number of the rows per strip. The entire image -will be the one strip in that case. -.TP -.B \-s -Force the output file to be written with data organized in strips -(rather than tiles). -.TP -.B \-t -Force the output file to be written with data organized in tiles (rather than -strips). options can be used to force the resultant image to be written as -strips or tiles of data, respectively. -.TP -.B \-w -Specify the width of a tile (in pixels). -.I tiffcp -attempts to set the tile dimensions so that no more than 8 kilobytes of data -appear in a tile. -.I tiffcp -attempts to set the tile dimensions so that no more than 8 kilobytes of data -appear in a tile. -.TP -.B \-x -Force the output file to be written with PAGENUMBER value in sequence. -.TP -.BI \-,= character -substitute -.I character -for `,' in parsing image directory indices -in files. This is necessary if filenames contain commas. -Note that -.B \-,= -with whitespace immediately following will disable -the special meaning of the `,' entirely. See examples. -.SH EXAMPLES -The following concatenates two files and writes the result using -.SM LZW -encoding: -.RS -.nf -tiffcp \-c lzw a.tif b.tif result.tif -.fi -.RE -.PP -To convert a G3 1d-encoded -.SM TIFF -to a single strip of G4-encoded data the following might be used: -.RS -.nf -tiffcp \-c g4 \-r 10000 g3.tif g4.tif -.fi -.RE -(1000 is just a number that is larger than the number of rows in -the source file.) - -To extract a selected set of images from a multi-image TIFF file, the file -name may be immediately followed by a `,' separated list of image directory -indices. The first image is always in directory 0. Thus, to copy the 1st and -3rd images of image file ``album.tif'' to ``result.tif'': -.RS -.nf -tiffcp album.tif,0,2 result.tif -.fi -.RE - -A trailing comma denotes remaining images in sequence. The following command -will copy all image with except the first one: -.RS -.nf -tiffcp album.tif,1, result.tif -.fi -.RE - -Given file ``CCD.tif'' whose first image is a noise bias -followed by images which include that bias, -subtract the noise from all those images following it -(while decompressing) with the command: -.RS -.nf -tiffcp \-c none \-b CCD.tif CCD.tif,1, result.tif -.fi -.RE - -If the file above were named ``CCD,X.tif'', the -.B \-,= -option would -be required to correctly parse this filename with image numbers, -as follows: -.RS -.nf -tiffcp \-c none \-,=% \-b CCD,X.tif CCD,X%1%.tif result.tif -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR pal2rgb (1), -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR tiffcmp (1), -.BR tiffmedian (1), -.BR tiffsplit (1), -.BR libtiff (3TIFF) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffcrop.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffcrop.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 0423fb2..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffcrop.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,571 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: tiffcrop.1,v 1.7 2010-12-12 01:45:35 faxguy Exp $ -.\" tiffcrop -- a port of tiffcp.c extended to include extended processing of images -.\" -.\" Original code: -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.\" Additional code Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Richard Nolde -.\" Lasted Updated 9/2009 -.\" .if n .po 0 -.TH "TIFFCROP" "1" "December, 2008" "libtiff" "" -.SH "NAME" -tiffcrop \- select, copy, crop, convert, extract, and/or process one or more -.SM TIFF -files. -.SH "SYNOPSIS" -.B tiffcrop -[ -.I options -] -.I "src1.tif ... srcN.tif dst.tif" -.SH "DESCRIPTION" -.I Tiffcrop -processes one or more files created according -to the Tag Image File Format, Revision 6.0, specification -into one or more -.SM TIFF -file(s). -.I Tiffcrop -is most often used to extract portions of an image for processing -with bar code recognizer or OCR software when that software cannot -restrict the region of interest to a specific portion of the image -or to improve efficiency when the regions of interest must be rotated. -It can also be used to subdivide all or part of a processed image into -smaller sections and export individual images or sections of images -as separate files or separate images within one or more files derived -from the original input image or images. -.PP -The available functions can be grouped broadly into three classes: -.IP -Those that select individual images or sections of images from the input files. -The options \-N for sequences or lists of individual images in the input files, -\-Z for zones, \-z for regions, \-X and \-Y for fixed sized selections, -\-m for margins, \-U for units, and \-E for edge reference provide a variety of -ways to specify portions of the input image. -.IP -Those that allow the individual images or selections to be exported to one or -more output files in different groupings and control the organization of the -data in the output images. The options \-P for page size grouping, \-S for -subdivision into columns and rows and \-e for export mode options that produce -one or more files from each input image. The options \-r, \-s, \-t, \-w control -strip and tile format and sizes while \-B \-L \-c \-f modify the endian addressing -scheme, the compression options, and the bit fill sequence of images as they -are written. -.IP -Those that perform some action on each image that is selected from the input file. -The options include \-R for rotate, \-I for inversion of the photometric -interpretation and/or data values, and \-F to flip (mirror) the image horizontally -or vertically. -.PP - -Functions are applied to the input image(s) in the following order: -cropping, fixed area extraction, zone and region extraction, -inversion, mirroring, rotation. -.PP -Functions are applied to the output image(s) in the following order: -export mode options for grouping zones, regions, or images into -one or more files, -.I or -row and column divisions with output margins, -.I or -page size divisions with page orientation options. -.PP -Finally, strip, tile, byte order, output resolution, and compression options are -applied to all output images. -.PP -The output file(s) may be organized and compressed using a different -algorithm from the input files. -By default, -.I tiffcrop -will copy all the understood tags in a -.SM TIFF -directory of an input file to the associated directory in the output file. -Options can be used to force the resultant image to be written as strips -or tiles of data, respectively. -.PP -.I Tiffcrop -can be used to reorganize the storage characteristics of data -in a file, and to reorganize, extract, rotate, and otherwise -process the image data as specified at the same time whereas -tiffcp does not alter the image data within the file. -.PP -Using the options for selecting individual input images and the -options for exporting images and/or segments defined as zones or -regions of each input image, -.I tiffcrop -can perform the functions of tiffcp and tiffsplit in a single pass -while applying multiple operations to individual selections or images. -.PP -.SH "OPTIONS" -.TP -.B \-h -Display the syntax summary for tiffcrop. -.TP -.B \-v -Report the current version and last modification date for tiffcrop. -.TP -.B \-N odd|even|#,#\-#,#|last -Specify one or more series or range(s) of images within each file to process. -The words -.B odd -or -.B even -may be used to specify all odd or even numbered images counting from one. -Note that internally, TIFF images are numbered from zero rather than one -but since this convention is not obvious to most users, tiffcrop used 1 -to specifiy the first image in a multipage file. The word -.B last -may be used in place of a number in the sequence to indicate the -final image in the file without knowing how many images there are. -Ranges of images may be specified with a dash and multiple sets -can be indicated by joining them in a comma\-separated list. eg. use -.B \-N 1,5\-7,last -to process the 1st, 5th through 7th, and final image in the file. -.TP -.B \-E top|bottom|left|right -Specify the top, bottom, left, or right edge as the reference from -which to calcuate the width and length of crop regions or sequence -of postions for zones. When used with the \-e option for exporting -zones or regions, the reference edge determines how composite images -are arranged. Using \-E left or right causes successive zones or -regions to be merged horizontally whereas using \-E top or bottom -causes successive zones or regions to be arranged vertically. This -option has no effect on export layout when multiple zones or regions -are not being exported to composite images. Edges may be abbreviated -to the first letter. -.TP -.B \-e combined|divided|image|multiple|separate -Specify the export mode for images and selections from input images. -The final filename on the command line is considered to be the -destination file or filename stem for automatically generated -sequences of files. Modes may be abbreviated to the first letter. -.IP -combined All images and selections are written to a single file with -multiple selections from one image combined into a single image (default) -.IP -divided All images and selections are written to a single file -with each selection from one image written to a new image -.IP -image Each input image is written to a new file (numeric filename sequence) -with multiple selections from the image combined into one image -.IP -multiple Each input image is written to a new file (numeric filename sequence) -with each selection from the image written to a new image -.IP -separate Individual selections from each image are written to separate files -.TP -.B \-U in|cm|px -Specify the type of units to apply to dimensions for margins and -crop regions for input and output images. Inches or centimeters -are converted to pixels using the resolution unit specified in the -TIFF file (which defaults to inches if not specified in the IFD). -.TP -.B \-m #,#,#,# -Specify margins to be removed from the input image. The order must -be top, left, bottom, right with only commas separating the elements -of the list. Margins are scaled according to the current units and -removed before any other extractions are computed.. -.TP -.B \-X # -Set the horizontal (X\-axis) dimension of a region to extract relative to -the specified origin reference. If the origin is the top or bottom -edge, the X axis value will be assumed to start at the left edge. -.TP -.B \-Y # -Set the vertical (Y\-axis) dimension of a region to extract relative to -the specified origin reference. If the origin is the left or right -edge, the Y axis value will be assumed to start at the top. -.TP -.B \-Z #:#,#:# -Specify zones of the image designated as position X of Y equal sized portions -measured from the reference edge, eg 1:3 would be first third of the -image starting from the reference edge minus any margins specified -for the confining edges. Multiple zones can be specified as a comma -separated list but they must reference the same edge. To extract the -top quarter and the bottom third of an image you would use -.B \-Z 1:4,3:3. -.TP -.B \-z x1,y1,x2,y2: ... :xN,yN,xN+1,yN+1 -Specify a series of coordinates to define regions for processing and exporting. -The coordinates represent the top left and lower right corners of each region -in the current units, eg inch, cm, or pixels. Pixels are counted from one to -width or height and inches or cm are calculated from image resolution data. - -Each colon delimited series of four values represents the horizontal and vertical -offsets from the top and left edges of the image, regardless of the edge specified -with the \-E option. The first and third values represent the horizontal offsets of -the corner points from the left edge while the second and fourth values represent -the vertical offsets from the top edge. -.TP -.B \-F horiz|vert -Flip, ie mirror, the image or extracted region horizontally or vertically. -.TP -.B \-R 90|180|270 -Rotate the image or extracted region 90, 180, or 270 degrees clockwise. -.TP -.B \\-I [black|white|data|both] -Invert color space, eg dark to light for bilevel and grayscale images. -This can be used to modify negative images to positive or to correct -images that have the PHOTOMETRIC_INTERPRETATIN tag set incorrectly. -If the value is black or white, the PHOTOMETRIC_INTERPRETATION tag is set to -MinIsBlack or MinIsWhite, without altering the image data. If the argument -is data or both, the data values of the image are modified. Specifying both -inverts the data and the PHOTOMETRIC_INTERPRETATION tag, whereas using data -inverts the data but not the PHOTOMETRIC_INTERPRETATION tag. -No support for modifying the color space of color images in this release. -.TP -.B \-H # -Set the horizontal resolution of output images to # -expressed in the current units. -.TP -.B \-V # -Set the vertical resolution of the output images to # -expressed in the current units. -.TP -.B \-J # -Set the horizontal margin of an output page size to # -expressed in the current units when sectioning image into columns x rows -subimages using the \-S cols:rows option. -.TP -.B \-K # -Set the vertical margin of an output page size to # -expressed in the current units when sectioning image into columns x rows -submiages using the \-S cols:rows option. -.TP -.B \-O portrait|landscape|auto -Set the output orientation of the pages or sections. -Auto will use the arrangement that requires the fewest pages. -This option is only meaningful in conjunction with the -P -option to format an image to fit on a specific paper size. -.TP -.B \-P page -Format the output images to fit on page size paper. Use -\-P list to show the supported page sizes and dimensions. -You can define a custom page size by entering the width and length of the -page in the current units with the following format #.#x#.#. -.TP -.B \-S cols:rows -Divide each image into cols across and rows down equal sections. -.TP -.B \-B -Force output to be written with Big\-Endian byte order. -This option only has an effect when the output file is created or -overwritten and not when it is appended to. -.TP -.B \-C -Suppress the use of ``strip chopping'' when reading images -that have a single strip/tile of uncompressed data. -.TP -.B \-c -Specify the compression to use for data written to the output file: -.B none -for no compression, -.B packbits -for PackBits compression, -.B lzw -for Lempel\-Ziv & Welch compression, -.B jpeg -for baseline JPEG compression. -.B zip -for Deflate compression, -.B g3 -for CCITT Group 3 (T.4) compression, -and -.B g4 -for CCITT Group 4 (T.6) compression. -By default -.I tiffcrop -will compress data according to the value of the -.I Compression -tag found in the source file. -.IP -The -.SM CCITT -Group 3 and Group 4 compression algorithms can only -be used with bilevel data. -.IP -Group 3 compression can be specified together with several -T.4\-specific options: -.B 1d -for 1\-dimensional encoding, -.B 2d -for 2\-dimensional encoding, -and -.B fill -to force each encoded scanline to be zero\-filled so that the -terminating EOL code lies on a byte boundary. -Group 3\-specific options are specified by appending a ``:''\-separated -list to the ``g3'' option; e.g. -.B "\-c g3:2d:fill" -to get 2D\-encoded data with byte\-aligned EOL codes. -.IP -.SM LZW -compression can be specified together with a -.I predictor -value. -A predictor value of 2 causes -each scanline of the output image to undergo horizontal -differencing before it is encoded; a value -of 1 forces each scanline to be encoded without differencing. -LZW\-specific options are specified by appending a ``:''\-separated -list to the ``lzw'' option; e.g. -.B "\-c lzw:2" -for -.SM LZW -compression with horizontal differencing. -.TP -.B \-f -Specify the bit fill order to use in writing output data. -By default, -.I tiffcrop -will create a new file with the same fill order as the original. -Specifying -.B "\-f lsb2msb" -will force data to be written with the FillOrder tag set to -.SM LSB2MSB, -while -.B "\-f msb2lsb" -will force data to be written with the FillOrder tag set to -.SM MSB2LSB. -.TP -.B \-i -Ignore non\-fatal read errors and continue processing of the input file. -.TP -.B \-l -Specify the length of a tile (in pixels). -.I Tiffcrop -attempts to set the tile dimensions so -that no more than 8 kilobytes of data appear in a tile. -.TP -.B \-L -Force output to be written with Little\-Endian byte order. -This option only has an effect when the output file is created or -overwritten and not when it is appended to. -.TP -.B \-M -Suppress the use of memory\-mapped files when reading images. -.TP -.B \-p -Specify the planar configuration to use in writing image data -that has more than one sample per pixel. -By default, -.I tiffcrop -will create a new file with the same planar configuration as -the original. -Specifying -.B "\-p contig" -will force data to be written with multi\-sample data packed -together, while -.B "\-p separate" -will force samples to be written in separate planes. -.TP -.B \-r -Specify the number of rows (scanlines) in each strip of data -written to the output file. -By default (or when value -.B 0 -is specified), -.I tiffcrop -attempts to set the rows/strip that no more than 8 kilobytes of -data appear in a strip. If you specify the special value -.B \-1 -it will results in infinite number of the rows per strip. The entire image -will be the one strip in that case. -.TP -.B \-s -Force the output file to be written with data organized in strips -(rather than tiles). -.TP -.B \-t -Force the output file to be written with data organized in tiles -(rather than strips). -.TP -.B \-w -Specify the width of a tile (in pixels). -.I tiffcrop -attempts to set the tile dimensions so -that no more than 8 kilobytes of data appear in a tile. -.I tiffcrop -attempts to set the tile dimensions so -that no more than 8 kilobytes of data appear in a tile. -.TP -Debug and dump facility -.B \-D opt1:value1,opt2:value2,opt3:value3:opt4:value4 -Display program progress and/or dump raw data to non\-TIFF files. -Options include the following and must be joined as a comma -separated list. The use of this option is generally limited to -program debugging and development of future options. An equal sign -may be substituted for the colon in option:value pairs. -.IP -debug:N Display limited program progress indicators where larger N -increase the level of detail. -.IP -format:txt|raw Format any logged data as ASCII text or raw binary -values. ASCII text dumps include strings of ones and zeroes representing -the binary values in the image data plus identifying headers. -.IP -level:N Specify the level of detail presented in the dump files. -This can vary from dumps of the entire input or output image data to dumps -of data processed by specific functions. Current range of levels is 1 to 3. -.IP -input:full\-path\-to\-directory/input\-dumpname -.IP -output:full\-path\-to\-directory/output\-dumpname -.IP -When dump files are being written, each image will be written to a separate -file with the name built by adding a numeric sequence value to the dumpname -and an extension of .txt for ASCII dumps or .bin for binary dumps. - -The four debug/dump options are independent, though it makes little sense to -specify a dump file without specifying a detail level. -.IP -Note: Tiffcrop may be compiled with -DDEVELMODE to enable additional very - low level debug reporting. -.SH "EXAMPLES" -The following concatenates two files and writes the result using -.SM LZW -encoding: -.RS -.nf -tiffcrop \-c lzw a.tif b.tif result.tif -.fi -.RE -.PP -To convert a G3 1d\-encoded -.SM TIFF -to a single strip of G4\-encoded data the following might be used: -.RS -.nf -tiffcrop \-c g4 \-r 10000 g3.tif g4.tif -.fi -.RE -(1000 is just a number that is larger than the number of rows in -the source file.) - -To extract a selected set of images from a multi\-image TIFF file -use the \-N option described above. Thus, to copy the 1st and 3rd -images of image file "album.tif" to "result.tif": -.RS -.nf -tiffcrop \-N 1,3 album.tif result.tif -.fi -.RE -.PP -Invert a bilevel image scan of a microfilmed document and crop off margins of -0.25 inches on the left and right, 0.5 inch on the top, and 0.75 inch on the -bottom. From the remaining portion of the image, select the second and third -quarters, ie, one half of the area left from the center to each margin. -.RS -tiffcrop \-U in \-m 0.5,0.25,0.75,0.25 \-E left \-Z 2:4,3:4 \-I both MicrofilmNegative.tif MicrofilmPostiveCenter.tif -.fi -.RE -.PP -Extract only the final image of a large Architectural E sized -multipage TIFF file and rotate it 90 degrees clockwise while -reformatting the output to fit on tabloid sized sheets with one -quarter of an inch on each side: -.RS -tiffcrop \-N last \-R 90 \-O auto \-P tabloid \-U in \-J 0.25 \-K 0.25 \-H 300 \-V 300 Big\-PlatMap.tif BigPlatMap\-Tabloid.tif -.fi -.RE -The output images will have a specified resolution of 300 dpi in both -directions. The orientation of each page will be determined by whichever -choice requires the fewest pages. To specify a specific orientation, use -the portrait or landscape option. The paper size option does not resample -the image. It breaks each original image into a series of smaller images -that will fit on the target paper size at the specified resolution. -.fi -.RE -.PP -Extract two regions 2048 pixels wide by 2048 pixels high from each page of -a multi\-page input file and write each region to a separate output file. -.RS -tiffcrop \-U px \-z 1,1,2048,2048:1,2049,2048,4097 \-e separate CheckScans.tiff Check -.fi -.RE -The output file names will use the stem Check with a numeric suffix which is -incremented for each region of each image, eg Check\-001.tiff, Check\-002.tiff ... -Check\-NNN.tiff. To produce a unique file for each page of the input image -with one new image for each region of the input image on that page, change -the export option to \-e multiple. - -.SH "NOTES" -.PP -In general, bilevel, grayscale, palette and RGB(A) data with bit depths -from 1 to 32 bits should work in both interleaved and separate plane -formats. Unlike tiffcp, tiffcrop can read and write tiled images with -bits per sample that are not a multiple of 8 in both interleaved and -separate planar format. Floating point data types are supported at -bit depts of 16, 24, 32 and 64 bits per sample. -.PP -Not all images can be converted from one compression scheme to another. -Data with some photometric interpretations and/or bit depths are tied to -specific compression schemes and vice-versa, e.g. Group 3/4 compression -is only usable for bilevel data. JPEG compression is only usable on 8 -bit per sample data (or 12 bit if -.I LibTIFF -was compiled with 12 bit JPEG support). Support for OJPEG compressed -images is problematic at best. Since OJPEG compression is no longer -supported for writing images with LibTIFF, these images will be updated -to the newer JPEG compression when they are copied or processed. This -may cause the image to appear color shifted or distorted after conversion. -In some cases, it is possible to remove the original compression from -image data using the option -cnone. -.PP -Tiffcrop does not currently provide options to up or downsample data to -different bit depths or convert data from one photometric interpretation -to another, e.g. 16 bits per sample to 8 bits per sample or RGB to grayscale. -.PP -Tiffcrop is very loosely derived from code in -.I tiffcp -with extensive modifications and additions to support the selection of input -images and regions and the exporting of them to one or more output files in -various groupings. The image manipulation routines are entirely new and -additional ones may be added in the future. It will handle tiled images with -bit depths that are not a multiple of eight that tiffcp may refuse to read. -.PP -.I Tiffcrop -was designed to handle large files containing many moderate sized images -with memory usage that is independent of the number of images in the file. -In order to support compression modes that are not based on individual -scanlines, e.g. JPEG, it now reads images by strip or tile rather than by -indvidual scanlines. In addition to the memory required by the input and -output buffers associated with -.I LibTIFF -one or more buffers at least as large as the largest image to be read are -required. The design favors large volume document processing uses over -scientific or graphical manipulation of large datasets as might be found -in research or remote sensing scenarios. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR pal2rgb (1), -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR tiffcmp (1), -.BR tiffcp (1), -.BR tiffmedian (1), -.BR tiffsplit (1), -.BR libtiff (3TIFF) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ - diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffdither.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffdither.1 deleted file mode 100644 index ab0d32a..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffdither.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,132 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: tiffdither.1,v 1.4 2006-04-20 12:17:19 dron Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1990-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH TIFFDITHER 1 "September 20, 2005" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -tiffdither \- convert a greyscale image to bilevel using dithering -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B tiffdither -[ -.I options -] -.I input.tif -.I output.tif -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I tiffdither -converts a single channel 8-bit greyscale image to a bilevel image -using Floyd-Steinberg error propagation with thresholding. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-c -Specify the compression to use for data written to the output file: -.B none -for no compression, -.B packbits -for PackBits compression, -.B lzw -for Lempel-Ziv & Welch compression, -.B zip -for Deflate compression, -.B g3 -for CCITT Group 3 (T.4) compression, -and -.B g4 -for CCITT Group 4 (T.6) compression. -By default -.I tiffdither -will compress data according to the value of the -.I Compression -tag found in the source file. -.IP -The -.SM CCITT -Group 3 and Group 4 compression algorithms can only -be used with bilevel data. -.IP -Group 3 compression can be specified together with several -T.4-specific options: -.B 1d -for 1-dimensional encoding, -.B 2d -for 2-dimensional encoding, -and -.B fill -to force each encoded scanline to be zero-filled so that the -terminating EOL code lies on a byte boundary. -Group 3-specific options are specified by appending a ``:''-separated -list to the ``g3'' option; e.g. -.B "\-c g3:2d:fill" -to get 2D-encoded data with byte-aligned EOL codes. -.IP -.SM LZW -compression can be specified together with a -.I predictor -value. -A predictor value of 2 causes -each scanline of the output image to undergo horizontal -differencing before it is encoded; a value -of 1 forces each scanline to be encoded without differencing. -LZW-specific options are specified by appending a ``:''-separated -list to the ``lzw'' option; e.g. -.B "\-c lzw:2" -for -.SM LZW -compression with horizontal differencing. -.TP -.B \-f -Specify the bit fill order to use in writing output data. -By default, -.I tiffdither -will create a new file with the same fill order as the original. -Specifying -.B "\-f lsb2msb" -will force data to be written with the -.I Fill\%Order -tag set to -.SM LSB2MSB , -while -.B "\-f msb2lsb" -will force data to be written with the -.I Fill\%Order -tag set to -.SM MSB2LSB . -.TP -.B \-t -Set the threshold value for dithering. -By default the threshold value is 128. -.SH NOTES -The dither algorithm is taken from the -.BR tiffmedian (1) -program (written by Paul Heckbert). -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR pal2rgb (1), -.BR fax2tiff (1), -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR tiffcp (1), -.BR tiff2bw (1), -.BR libtiff (3TIFF) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffdump.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffdump.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 076f9ff..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffdump.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: tiffdump.1,v 1.5 2006-04-20 12:17:19 dron Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH TIFFDUMP 1 "October 23, 2005" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -tiffdump \- print verbatim information about -.SM TIFF -files -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B tiffdump -[ -.I options -] -.I "name \&..." -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I tiffdump -displays directory information from files created according -to the Tag Image File Format, Revision 6.0. -The header of each -.SM TIFF -file (magic number, version, and first directory offset) -is displayed, followed by the tag contents of each directory in the file. -For each tag, the name, data type, count, and value(s) is displayed. -When the symbolic name for a tag or data type is known, the symbolic -name is displayed followed by it's numeric (decimal) value. -Tag values are displayed enclosed in ``<>'' characters immediately -preceded by the value of the count field. -For example, an -.I ImageWidth -tag might be displayed as ``ImageWidth (256) SHORT (3) 1<800>''. -.PP -.I tiffdump -is particularly useful for investigating the contents of -.SM TIFF -files that -.I libtiff -does not understand. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-h -Force numeric data to be printed in hexadecimal rather than the -default decimal. -.TP -.BI \-m " items" -Change the number of indirect data items that are printed. By default, this -will be 24. -.TP -.BI \-o " offset" -Dump the contents of the -.SM IFD -at the a particular file offset. -The file offset may be specified using the usual C-style syntax; -i.e. a leading ``0x'' for hexadecimal and a leading ``0'' for octal. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR libtiff (3TIFF) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffgt.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffgt.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 680a49a..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffgt.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,245 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: tiffgt.1,v 1.4 2006-04-20 12:17:19 dron Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH TIFFGT 1 "September 20, 2005" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -tiffgt \- display an image stored in a -.SM TIFF -file (Silicon Graphics version) -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B tiffgt -[ -.I options -] -.I "input.tif ..." -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I tiffgt -displays one or more images stored using the -Tag Image File Format, Revision 6.0. -Each image is placed in a fixed size window that the -user must position on the display (unless configured -otherwise through X defaults). -If the display has fewer than 24 bitplanes, or if the -image does not warrant full color, then -.SM RGB -color values are mapped to the closest values that exist in -the colormap (this is done using the -.I rgbi -routine found in the graphics utility library -.BR \-lgutil .) -.PP -.I tiffgt -correctly handles files with any of the following characteristics: -.sp .5 -.in +0.5i -.ta \w'\fIPhotometricInterpretation\fP 'u -.nf -\fIBitsPerSample\fP 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 -\fISamplesPerPixel\fP 1, 3, 4 (the 4th sample is ignored) -\fIPhotometricInterpretation\fP 0 (min-is-white), 1 (min-is-black), 2 (RGB), 3 (palette), 6 (YCbCr) -\fIPlanarConfiguration\fP 1 (contiguous), 2 (separate) -\fIOrientation\fP 1 (top-left), 4 (bottom-left) -.fi -.in -0.5i -.sp .5 -Data may be organized as strips or tiles and may be -compressed with any of the compression algorithms supported -by the -.IR libtiff (3) -library. -.PP -For palette images (\c -.IR PhotometricInterpretation =3), -.I tiffgt -inspects the colormap values and assumes either 16-bit -or 8-bit values according to the maximum value. -That is, if no colormap entry greater than 255 is found, -.I tiffgt -assumes the colormap has only 8-bit values; otherwise -it assumes 16-bit values. -This inspection is done to handle old images written by -previous (incorrect) versions of -.IR libtiff . -.PP -.I tiffgt -can be used to display multiple images one-at-a-time. -The left mouse button switches the display to the first image in the -.I next -file in the list of files specified on the command line. -The right mouse button switches to the first image in the -.I previous -file in the list. -The middle mouse button causes the first image in the first file -specified on the command line to be displayed. -In addition the following keyboard commands are recognized: -.TP -.B b -Use a -.I PhotometricInterpretation -of MinIsBlack in displaying the current image. -.TP -.B l -Use a -.I FillOrder -of lsb-to-msb in decoding the current image. -.TP -.B m -Use a -.I FillOrder -of msb-to-lsb in decoding the current image. -.TP -.B c -Use a colormap visual to display the current image. -.TP -.B r -Use a true color (24-bit RGB) visual to display the current image. -.TP -.B w -Use a -.I PhotometricInterpretation -of MinIsWhite in displaying the current image. -.TP -.B W -Toggle (enable/disable) display of warning messages from the -.SM TIFF -library when decoding images. -.TP -.B E -Toggle (enable/disable) display of error messages from the -.SM TIFF -library when decoding images. -.TP -.B z -Reset all parameters to their default settings (\c -.IR FillOrder , -.IR PhotometricInterpretation , -handling of warnings and errors). -.TP -.B PageUp -Display the previous image in the current file or the last -image in the previous file. -.TP -.B PageDown -Display the next image in the current file or the first image -in the next file. -.TP -.B Home -Display the first image in the current file. -.TP -.B End -Display the last image in the current file (unimplemented). -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-c -Force image display in a colormap window. -.TP -.B \-d -Specify an image to display by directory number. -By default the first image in the file is displayed. -Directories are numbered starting at zero. -.TP -.B \-e -Enable reporting of error messages from the -.SM TIFF -library. -By default -.I tiffgt -silently ignores images that cannot be read. -.TP -.B \-f -Force -.I tiffgt -to run as a foreground process. -By default -.I tiffgt -will place itself in the background once it has opened the -requested image file. -.TP -.B \-l -Force the presumed bit ordering to be -.SM LSB -to -.SM MSB. -.TP -.B \-m -Force the presumed bit ordering to be -.SM MSB -to -.SM LSB. -.TP -.B \-o -Specify an image to display by directory offset. -By default the first image in the file is displayed. -Directories offsets may be specified using C-style syntax; -i.e. a leading ``0x'' for hexadecimal and a leading ``0'' for octal. -.TP -.B \-p -Override the value of the -.I PhotometricInterpretation -tag; the parameter may be one of: -.BR miniswhite , -.BR minisblack , -.BR rgb , -.BR palette , -.BR mask , -.BR separated , -.BR ycbcr , -and -.BR cielab . -.TP -.B \-r -Force image display in a full color window. -.TP -.B \-s -Stop on the first read error. -By default all errors in the input data are ignored and -.I tiffgt -does it's best to display as much of an image as possible. -.TP -.B \-w -Enable reporting of warning messages from the -.SM TIFF -library. -By default -.I tiffgt -ignores warning messages generated when reading an image. -.TP -.B \-v -Place information in the title bar describing -what type of window (full color or colormap) is being -used, the name of the input file, and the directory -index of the image (if non-zero). -By default, the window type is not shown in the title bar. -.SH BUGS -Images wider and taller than the display are silently truncated to avoid -crashing old versions of the window manager. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR tiffdump (1), -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR tiffcp (1), -.BR libtiff (3TIFF) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffinfo.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffinfo.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 2d57375..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffinfo.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: tiffinfo.1,v 1.2 2005-11-02 11:07:19 dron Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH TIFFINFO 1 "November 2, 2005" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -tiffinfo \- print information about -.SM TIFF -files -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B tiffinfo -[ -.I options -] -.I "input.tif \&..." -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I Tiffinfo -displays information about files created according -to the Tag Image File Format, Revision 6.0. -By default, the contents of each -.SM TIFF -directory in each file -is displayed, with the value of each tag shown symbolically -(where sensible). -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-c -Display the colormap and color/gray response curves, if present. -.TP -.B \-D -In addition to displaying the directory tags, -read and decompress all the data in each image (but not display it). -.TP -.B \-d -In addition to displaying the directory tags, -print each byte of decompressed data in hexadecimal. -.TP -.B \-j -Display any \s-2JPEG\s0-related tags that are present. -.TP -.B \-o -Set the initial -.SM TIFF -directory according to the specified file offset. -The file offset may be specified using the usual C-style syntax; -i.e. a leading ``0x'' for hexadecimal and a leading ``0'' for octal. -.TP -.B \-s -Display the offsets and byte counts for each data strip in a directory. -.TP -.B \-z -Enable strip chopping when reading image data. -.TP -.B \-# -Set the initial -.SM TIFF -directory to -.IR # . -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR pal2rgb (1), -.BR tiffcp (1), -.BR tiffcmp (1), -.BR tiffmedian (1), -.BR libtiff (3TIFF) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffmedian.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffmedian.1 deleted file mode 100644 index c584b97..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffmedian.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: tiffmedian.1,v 1.3 2005-11-02 11:07:19 dron Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1990-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH TIFFMEDIAN 1 "November 2, 2005" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -tiffmedian \- apply the median cut algorithm to data in a -.SM TIFF -file -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B tiffmedian -[ -.I options -] -.I input.tif -.I output.tif -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I tiffmedian -applies the median cut algorithm to an -.SM RGB -image in -.I input.tif -to generate a palette image that is written to -.IR output.tif . -The generated colormap has, by default, 256 entries. -The image data is quantized by mapping each -pixel to the closest color values in the colormap. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-c -Specify the compression to use for data written to the output file: -.B none -for no compression, -.B packbits -for PackBits compression, -.B lzw -for Lempel-Ziv & Welch compression, -and -.B zip -for Deflate compression. -By default -.I tiffmedian -will compress data according to the value of the -.I Compression -tag found in the source file. -.IP -.SM LZW -compression can be specified together with a -.I predictor -value. -A predictor value of 2 causes -each scanline of the output image to undergo horizontal -differencing before it is encoded; a value -of 1 forces each scanline to be encoded without differencing. -LZW-specific options are specified by appending a ``:''-separated -list to the ``lzw'' option; e.g. -.B "\-c lzw:2" -for -.SM LZW -compression with horizontal differencing. -.TP -.B \-C -Specify the number of entries to use in the generated colormap. -By default all 256 entries/colors are used. -.TP -.B \-f -Apply Floyd-Steinberg dithering before selecting a colormap entry. -.TP -.B \-r -Specify the number of rows (scanlines) in each strip of data -written to the output file. -By default, -.I tiffmedian -attempts to set the rows/strip -that no more than 8 kilobytes of data appear in a strip. -.SH NOTES -This program is derived from Paul Heckbert's -.I median -program. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR pal2rgb (1), -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR tiffcp (1), -.BR tiffcmp (1), -.BR libtiff (3TIFF) -.PP -.BR "Color Image Quantization for Frame Buffer Display", -Paul Heckbert, SIGGRAPH proceedings, 1982, pp. 297-307. -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffset.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffset.1 deleted file mode 100644 index ed0d12f..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffset.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: tiffset.1,v 1.5 2011-03-26 12:07:20 fwarmerdam Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH TIFFSET 1 "November 21, 2004" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -tiffset \- set a field in a -.SM TIFF -header -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B tiffset -[ -.I options -] -.I filename.tif -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I Tiffset -sets the value of a -.SM TIFF -header to a specified value. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.BI \-d " dirnumber" -change the current directory (starting at 0). -.TP -.BI \-s " tagnumber" "\fR [\fP" " count" "\fR ]\fP" " value ..." -Set the value of the named tag to the value or values specified. -.TP -.BI \-sd " diroffset" -change the current directory by offset. -.TP -.BI \-sf " tagnumber filename" -Set the value of the tag to the contents of filename. This option is -supported for ASCII tags only. -.SH EXAMPLES -The following example sets the image description tag (270) of a.tif to -the contents of the file descrip: -.RS -.nf -tiffset \-sf 270 descrip a.tif -.fi -.RE -.PP -The following example sets the artist tag (315) of a.tif to the string -``Anonymous'': -.RS -.nf -tiffset \-s 315 Anonymous a.tif -.fi -.RE -.PP -This example sets the resolution of the file a.tif to 300 dpi: -.RS -.nf -tiffset \-s 296 2 a.tif -tiffset \-s 282 300.0 a.tif -tiffset \-s 283 300.0 a.tif -.fi -.RE -.PP -Set the photometric interpretation of the third page of a.tif to -min-is-black (ie. inverts it): -.RS -.nf -tiffset -d 2 -s 262 1 a.tif -.fi -.RE -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR tiffdump (1), -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR tiffcp (1), -.BR libtiff (3TIFF) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffsplit.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffsplit.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 411ebf4..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffsplit.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: tiffsplit.1,v 1.6 2009-08-24 19:13:40 bfriesen Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1992-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1992-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH TIFFSPLIT 1 "September 20, 2005" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -tiffsplit \- split a multi-image -.SM TIFF -into single-image -.SM TIFF -files -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B tiffsplit -.I src.tif -[ -.I prefix -] -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I tiffsplit -takes a multi-directory (page) -.SM TIFF -file and creates one or more single-directory (page) -.SM TIFF -files from it. -The output files are given names created by concatenating -a prefix, a lexically ordered -suffix in the range [\fIaaa\fP-\fIzzz\fP], the suffix -.I .tif -(e.g. -.IR xaaa.tif , -.IR xaab.tif , -.IR ... , -.IR xzzz.tif ). -If a prefix is not specified on the command line, -the default prefix of -.I x -is used. -.SH OPTIONS -None. -.SH BUGS -Only a select set of ``known tags'' is copied when splitting. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR tiffcp (1), -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR libtiff (3TIFF) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffsv.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffsv.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 206df56..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/tiffsv.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -.\" $Id: tiffsv.1,v 1.3 2005-11-02 11:07:19 dron Exp $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler -.\" Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided -.\" that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in -.\" all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of -.\" Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or -.\" publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written -.\" permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -.\" EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY -.\" WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, -.\" OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -.\" WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF -.\" LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE -.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.if n .po 0 -.TH TIFFSV 1 "September 20, 2005" "libtiff" -.SH NAME -tiffsv \- save an image from the framebuffer in a -.SM TIFF -file (Silicon Graphics version) -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B tiffsv -[ -.I options -] -.I output.tif -[ -.I "x1 x2 y1 y2" -] -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I tiffsv -saves all or part of the framebuffer in a file using the -Tag Image File Format, Revision 6.0. -By default, the image is saved with data samples packed (\c -.IR PlanarConfiguration =1), -compressed with the Lempel-Ziv & Welch algorithm (\c -.IR Compression =5), -and with each strip no more than 8 kilobytes. -These characteristics can be overridden, or explicitly specified -with the options described below. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-b -Save the image as a greyscale image -as if it were processed by -.IR tiff2bw (1). -This option is included for compatibility with the standard -.IR scrsave (6D) -program. -.TP -.B \-c -Specify the compression to use for data written to the output file: -.B none -for no compression, -.B packbits -for PackBits compression, -.B jpeg -for baseline JPEG compression, -.B zip -for Deflate compression, -and -.B lzw -for Lempel-Ziv & Welch compression (default). -.IP -.SM LZW -compression can be specified together with a -.I predictor -value. -A predictor value of 2 causes -each scanline of the output image to undergo horizontal -differencing before it is encoded; a value -of 1 forces each scanline to be encoded without differencing. -LZW-specific options are specified by appending a ``:''-separated -list to the ``lzw'' option; e.g. -.B "\-c lzw:2" -for -.SM LZW -compression with horizontal differencing. -.TP -.B \-p -Specify the planar configuration to use in writing image data. -By default, -.I tiffsv -will create a new file with the data samples packed contiguously. -Specifying -.B "\-p contig" -will force data to be written with multi-sample data packed -together, while -.B "\-p separate" -will force samples to be written in separate planes. -.TP -.B \-r -Specify the number of rows (scanlines) in each strip of data -written to the output file. -By default, -.I tiffsv -attempts to set the rows/strip -that no more than 8 kilobytes of data appear in a strip. -.SH NOTE -Except for the use of -.SM TIFF, -this program is equivalent to the standard -.I scrsave -program. -This means, for example, that you can use it in conjunction with -the standard -.IR icut -program simply by creating a link called -.IR scrsave , -or by creating a shell script called -.I scrsave -that invokes -.I tiffgt -with the appropriate options. -.SH BUGS -If data are saved compressed and in separate planes, then the -rows in each strip is silently set to one to avoid limitations -in the -.BR libtiff (3TIFF) -library. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR scrsave (6D) -.BR pal2rgb (1), -.BR tiffdump (1), -.BR tiffgt (1), -.BR tiffinfo (1), -.BR tiffcp (1), -.BR tiffmedian (1), -.BR libtiff (3TIFF) -.PP -Libtiff library home page: -.BR http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/ diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/wrjpgcom.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/wrjpgcom.1 deleted file mode 100644 index d419a99..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/wrjpgcom.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,103 +0,0 @@ -.TH WRJPGCOM 1 "15 June 1995" -.SH NAME -wrjpgcom \- insert text comments into a JPEG file -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B wrjpgcom -[ -.B \-replace -] -[ -.BI \-comment " text" -] -[ -.BI \-cfile " name" -] -[ -.I filename -] -.LP -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -.B wrjpgcom -reads the named JPEG/JFIF file, or the standard input if no file is named, -and generates a new JPEG/JFIF file on standard output. A comment block is -added to the file. -.PP -The JPEG standard allows "comment" (COM) blocks to occur within a JPEG file. -Although the standard doesn't actually define what COM blocks are for, they -are widely used to hold user-supplied text strings. This lets you add -annotations, titles, index terms, etc to your JPEG files, and later retrieve -them as text. COM blocks do not interfere with the image stored in the JPEG -file. The maximum size of a COM block is 64K, but you can have as many of -them as you like in one JPEG file. -.PP -.B wrjpgcom -adds a COM block, containing text you provide, to a JPEG file. -Ordinarily, the COM block is added after any existing COM blocks; but you -can delete the old COM blocks if you wish. -.SH OPTIONS -Switch names may be abbreviated, and are not case sensitive. -.TP -.B \-replace -Delete any existing COM blocks from the file. -.TP -.BI \-comment " text" -Supply text for new COM block on command line. -.TP -.BI \-cfile " name" -Read text for new COM block from named file. -.PP -If you have only one line of comment text to add, you can provide it on the -command line with -.BR \-comment . -The comment text must be surrounded with quotes so that it is treated as a -single argument. Longer comments can be read from a text file. -.PP -If you give neither -.B \-comment -nor -.BR \-cfile , -then -.B wrjpgcom -will read the comment text from standard input. (In this case an input image -file name MUST be supplied, so that the source JPEG file comes from somewhere -else.) You can enter multiple lines, up to 64KB worth. Type an end-of-file -indicator (usually control-D) to terminate the comment text entry. -.PP -.B wrjpgcom -will not add a COM block if the provided comment string is empty. Therefore -\fB\-replace \-comment ""\fR can be used to delete all COM blocks from a file. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -Add a short comment to in.jpg, producing out.jpg: -.IP -.B wrjpgcom \-c -\fI"View of my back yard" in.jpg -.B > -.I out.jpg -.PP -Attach a long comment previously stored in comment.txt: -.IP -.B wrjpgcom -.I in.jpg -.B < -.I comment.txt -.B > -.I out.jpg -.PP -or equivalently -.IP -.B wrjpgcom -.B -cfile -.I comment.txt -.B < -.I in.jpg -.B > -.I out.jpg -.SH SEE ALSO -.BR cjpeg (1), -.BR djpeg (1), -.BR jpegtran (1), -.BR rdjpgcom (1) -.SH AUTHOR -Independent JPEG Group diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/xgettext.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/xgettext.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 91a9e29..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/xgettext.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,222 +0,0 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.24. -.TH XGETTEXT "1" "June 2010" "GNU gettext-tools 0.18.1" GNU -.SH NAME -xgettext \- extract gettext strings from source -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B xgettext -[\fIOPTION\fR] [\fIINPUTFILE\fR]... -.SH DESCRIPTION -.\" Add any additional description here -.PP -Extract translatable strings from given input files. -.PP -Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -Similarly for optional arguments. -.SS "Input file location:" -.TP -INPUTFILE ... -input files -.TP -\fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-files\-from\fR=\fIFILE\fR -get list of input files from FILE -.TP -\fB\-D\fR, \fB\-\-directory\fR=\fIDIRECTORY\fR -add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -.PP -If input file is -, standard input is read. -.SS "Output file location:" -.TP -\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-default\-domain\fR=\fINAME\fR -use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po) -.TP -\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\fR=\fIFILE\fR -write output to specified file -.TP -\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-output\-dir\fR=\fIDIR\fR -output files will be placed in directory DIR -.PP -If output file is -, output is written to standard output. -.SS "Choice of input file language:" -.TP -\fB\-L\fR, \fB\-\-language\fR=\fINAME\fR -recognise the specified language -(C, C++, ObjectiveC, PO, Shell, Python, Lisp, -EmacsLisp, librep, Scheme, Smalltalk, Java, -JavaProperties, C#, awk, YCP, Tcl, Perl, PHP, -GCC-source, NXStringTable, RST, Glade) -.TP -\fB\-C\fR, \fB\-\-c\fR++ -shorthand for \fB\-\-language\fR=\fIC\fR++ -.PP -By default the language is guessed depending on the input file name extension. -.SS "Input file interpretation:" -.TP -\fB\-\-from\-code\fR=\fINAME\fR -encoding of input files -(except for Python, Tcl, Glade) -.PP -By default the input files are assumed to be in ASCII. -.SS "Operation mode:" -.TP -\fB\-j\fR, \fB\-\-join\-existing\fR -join messages with existing file -.TP -\fB\-x\fR, \fB\-\-exclude\-file\fR=\fIFILE\fR.po -entries from FILE.po are not extracted -.TP -\fB\-cTAG\fR, \fB\-\-add\-comments\fR=\fITAG\fR -place comment blocks starting with TAG and -preceding keyword lines in output file -.TP -\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-add\-comments\fR -place all comment blocks preceding keyword lines -in output file -.SS "Language specific options:" -.TP -\fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-extract\-all\fR -extract all strings -(only languages C, C++, ObjectiveC, Shell, -Python, Lisp, EmacsLisp, librep, Scheme, Java, -C#, awk, Tcl, Perl, PHP, GCC-source, Glade) -.TP -\fB\-kWORD\fR, \fB\-\-keyword\fR=\fIWORD\fR -look for WORD as an additional keyword -.TP -\fB\-k\fR, \fB\-\-keyword\fR -do not to use default keywords -(only languages C, C++, ObjectiveC, Shell, -Python, Lisp, EmacsLisp, librep, Scheme, Java, -C#, awk, Tcl, Perl, PHP, GCC-source, Glade) -.TP -\fB\-\-flag\fR=\fIWORD\fR:ARG:FLAG -additional flag for strings inside the argument -number ARG of keyword WORD -.IP -(only languages C, C++, ObjectiveC, Shell, -Python, Lisp, EmacsLisp, librep, Scheme, Java, -C#, awk, YCP, Tcl, Perl, PHP, GCC-source) -.TP -\fB\-T\fR, \fB\-\-trigraphs\fR -understand ANSI C trigraphs for input -(only languages C, C++, ObjectiveC) -.TP -\fB\-\-qt\fR -recognize Qt format strings -(only language C++) -.TP -\fB\-\-kde\fR -recognize KDE 4 format strings -(only language C++) -.TP -\fB\-\-boost\fR -recognize Boost format strings -(only language C++) -.TP -\fB\-\-debug\fR -more detailed formatstring recognition result -.SS "Output details:" -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR -use colors and other text attributes always -.TP -\fB\-\-color\fR=\fIWHEN\fR -use colors and other text attributes if WHEN. -WHEN may be 'always', 'never', 'auto', or 'html'. -.TP -\fB\-\-style\fR=\fISTYLEFILE\fR -specify CSS style rule file for \fB\-\-color\fR -.TP -\fB\-e\fR, \fB\-\-no\-escape\fR -do not use C escapes in output (default) -.TP -\fB\-E\fR, \fB\-\-escape\fR -use C escapes in output, no extended chars -.TP -\fB\-\-force\-po\fR -write PO file even if empty -.TP -\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-indent\fR -write the .po file using indented style -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-location\fR -do not write '#: filename:line' lines -.TP -\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-add\-location\fR -generate '#: filename:line' lines (default) -.TP -\fB\-\-strict\fR -write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file -.TP -\fB\-\-properties\-output\fR -write out a Java .properties file -.TP -\fB\-\-stringtable\-output\fR -write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep .strings file -.TP -\fB\-w\fR, \fB\-\-width\fR=\fINUMBER\fR -set output page width -.TP -\fB\-\-no\-wrap\fR -do not break long message lines, longer than -the output page width, into several lines -.TP -\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-output\fR -generate sorted output -.TP -\fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-by\-file\fR -sort output by file location -.TP -\fB\-\-omit\-header\fR -don't write header with `msgid ""' entry -.TP -\fB\-\-copyright\-holder\fR=\fISTRING\fR -set copyright holder in output -.TP -\fB\-\-foreign\-user\fR -omit FSF copyright in output for foreign user -.TP -\fB\-\-package\-name\fR=\fIPACKAGE\fR -set package name in output -.TP -\fB\-\-package\-version\fR=\fIVERSION\fR -set package version in output -.TP -\fB\-\-msgid\-bugs\-address\fR=\fIEMAIL\fR@ADDRESS -set report address for msgid bugs -.TP -\fB\-m[STRING]\fR, \fB\-\-msgstr\-prefix\fR[=\fISTRING\fR] -use STRING or "" as prefix for msgstr -values -.TP -\fB\-M[STRING]\fR, \fB\-\-msgstr\-suffix\fR[=\fISTRING\fR] -use STRING or "" as suffix for msgstr -values -.SS "Informative output:" -.TP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -output version information and exit -.SH AUTHOR -Written by Ulrich Drepper. -.SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995-1998, 2000-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> -.br -This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. -There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -The full documentation for -.B xgettext -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B xgettext -programs are properly installed at your site, the command -.IP -.B info xgettext -.PP -should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/xml2-config.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/xml2-config.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 8a25962..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/xml2-config.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -.TH GNOME-XML 1 "3 July 1999" Version 1.1.0 -.SH NAME -xml-config - script to get information about the installed version of GNOME-XML -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B xml-config -[\-\-prefix\fI[=DIR]\fP] [\-\-libs] [\-\-cflags] [\-\-version] [\-\-help] -.SH DESCRIPTION -\fIxml-config\fP is a tool that is used to determine the compile and -linker flags that should be used to compile and link programs that use -\fIGNOME-XML\fP. -.SH OPTIONS -.l -\fIxml-config\fP accepts the following options: -.TP 8 -.B \-\-version -Print the currently installed version of \fIGNOME-XML\fP on the standard output. -.TP 8 -.B \-\-libs -Print the linker flags that are necessary to link a \fIGNOME-XML\fP program. -.TP 8 -.B \-\-cflags -Print the compiler flags that are necessary to compile a \fIGNOME-XML\fP program. -.TP 8 -.B \-\-prefix=PREFIX -If specified, use PREFIX instead of the installation prefix that -\fIGNOME-XML\fP was built with when computing the output for the -\-\-cflags and \-\-libs options. This option must be specified before -any \-\-libs or \-\-cflags options. -.SH AUTHOR -This manual page was written by Fredrik Hallenberg <hallon@lysator.liu.se>, -for the Debian GNU/linux system (but may be used by others). diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/xmlcatalog.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/xmlcatalog.1 deleted file mode 100644 index b4a6b22..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/xmlcatalog.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,340 +0,0 @@ -'\" t -.\" Title: xmlcatalog -.\" Author: John Fleck <jfleck@inkstain.net> -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.76.1 <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: $Date$ -.\" Manual: xmlcatalog Manual -.\" Source: libxml2 -.\" Language: English -.\" -.TH "XMLCATALOG" "1" "$Date$" "libxml2" "xmlcatalog Manual" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq -.el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation -.nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) -.ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.SH "NAME" -xmlcatalog \- Command line tool to parse and manipulate XML or SGML catalog files\&. -.SH "SYNOPSIS" -.HP \w'\fBxmlcatalog\fR\ 'u -\fBxmlcatalog\fR [\fB\-\-sgml\fR | \fB\-\-shell\fR | \fB\-\-create\fR | \fB\-\-del\ \fR\fB\fIVALUE(S)\fR\fR | [\ \fB\-\-add\ \fR\fB\fITYPE\fR\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fIORIG\fR\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fIREPLACE\fR\fR\fB\ \fR\ |\ \fB\-\-add\ \fR\fB\fIFILENAME\fR\fR] | \fB\-\-noout\fR | \fB\-\-no\-super\-update\fR | [\fB\-v\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-verbose\fR]] {\fICATALOGFILE\fR} {\fIENTITIES\fR...} -.SH "DESCRIPTION" -.PP - -\fBxmlcatalog\fR -is a command line application allowing users to monitor and manipulate -XML -and -SGML -catalogs\&. It is included in -\fBlibxml\fR(3)\&. -.PP -Its functions can be invoked from a single command from the command line, or it can perform multiple functions in interactive mode\&. It can operate on both -XML -and -SGML -files\&. -.SH "OPTIONS" -.PP - -\fBxmlcatalog\fR -accepts the following options (in alphabetical order): -.PP -\fB\-\-add \fR\fB\fITYPE\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIORIG\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIREPLACE\fR\fR\fB \fR -.RS 4 -Add an entry to -CATALOGFILE\&. -\fITYPE\fR -indicates the type of entry\&. Possible types are: -\fIpublic\fR, \fIsystem\fR, \fIuri\fR, \fIrewriteSystem\fR, \fIrewriteURI\fR, \fIdelegatePublic\fR, \fIdelegateSystem\fR, \fIdelegateURI\fR, \fInextCatalog\fR\&. -\fIORIG\fR -is the original reference to be replaced, and -\fIREPLACE\fR -is the -URI -of the replacement entity to be used\&. The -\fB\-\-add\fR -option will not overwrite -CATALOGFILE, outputting to -stdout, unless -\fB\-\-noout\fR -is used\&. The -\fB\-\-add\fR -will always take three parameters even if some of the -XML -catalog constructs will have only a single argument\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-\-add \fR\fB\fIFILENAME\fR\fR -.RS 4 -If the -\fB\-\-add\fR -option is used following the -\fB\-\-sgml\fR -option, only a single argument, a -\fIFILENAME\fR, is used\&. This is used to add the name of a catalog file to an -SGML -supercatalog, a file that contains references to other included -SGML -catalog files\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-\-create\fR -.RS 4 -Create a new -XML -catalog\&. Outputs to -stdout, ignoring -\fIfilename\fR -unless -\fB\-\-noout\fR -is used, in which case it creates a new catalog file -\fIfilename\fR\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-\-del \fR\fB\fIVALUE(S)\fR\fR -.RS 4 -Remove entries from -\fICATALOGFILE\fR -matching -\fIVALUE(S)\fR\&. The -\fB\-\-del\fR -option will not overwrite -\fICATALOGFILE\fR, outputting to -stdout, unless -\fB\-\-noout\fR -is used\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-\-noout\fR -.RS 4 -Save output to the named file rather than outputting to -stdout\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-\-no\-super\-update\fR -.RS 4 -Do not update the -SGML -super catalog\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-\-shell\fR -.RS 4 -Run a shell allowing interactive queries on catalog file -\fICATALOGFILE\fR\&. For the set of available commands see -the section called \(lqSHELL COMMANDS\(rq\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-\-sgml\fR -.RS 4 -Uses -SGML -super catalogs for -\fB\-\-add\fR -and -\fB\-\-del\fR -options\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR -.RS 4 -Output debugging information\&. -.RE -.SH "SHELL COMMANDS" -.PP -Invoking -\fBxmlcatalog\fR -with the -\fB\-\-shell \fR\fB\fICATALOGFILE\fR\fR -option opens a command line shell allowing interactive access to the catalog file identified by -\fICATALOGFILE\fR\&. Invoking the shell provides a command line prompt after which the following commands (described in alphabetical order) can be entered\&. -.PP -\fBadd \fR\fB\fITYPE\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIORIG\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIREPLACE\fR\fR\fB \fR -.RS 4 -Add an entry to the catalog file\&. -\fITYPE\fR -indicates the type of entry\&. Possible types are: -\fIpublic\fR, \fIsystem\fR, \fIuri\fR, \fIrewriteSystem\fR, \fIrewriteURI\fR, \fIdelegatePublic\fR, \fIdelegateSystem\fR, \fIdelegateURI\fR, \fInextCatalog\fR\&. -\fIORIG\fR -is the original reference to be replaced, and -\fIREPLACE\fR -is the -URI -of the replacement entity to be used\&. The -\fB\-\-add\fR -option will not overwrite -CATALOGFILE, outputting to -stdout, unless -\fB\-\-noout\fR -is used\&. The -\fB\-\-add\fR -will always take three parameters even if some of the -XML -catalog constructs will have only a single argument\&. -.RE -.PP -\fBdebug\fR -.RS 4 -Print debugging statements showing the steps -\fBxmlcatalog\fR -is executing\&. -.RE -.PP -\fBdel \fR\fB\fIVALUE(S)\fR\fR -.RS 4 -Remove the catalog entry corresponding to -\fIVALUE(S)\fR\&. -.RE -.PP -\fBdump\fR -.RS 4 -Print the current catalog\&. -.RE -.PP -\fBexit\fR -.RS 4 -Quit the shell\&. -.RE -.PP -\fBpublic \fR\fB\fIPUBLIC\-ID\fR\fR -.RS 4 -Execute a Formal Public Identifier look\-up of the catalog entry for -\fIPUBLIC\-ID\fR\&. The corresponding entry will be output to the command line\&. -.RE -.PP -\fBquiet\fR -.RS 4 -Stop printing debugging statements\&. -.RE -.PP -\fBsystem \fR\fB\fISYSTEM\-ID\fR\fR -.RS 4 -Execute a Formal Public Identifier look\-up of the catalog entry for -\fISYSTEM\-ID\fR\&. The corresponding entry will be output to the command line\&. -.RE -.SH "ENVIRONMENT" -.PP -\fBXML_CATALOG_FILES\fR -.RS 4 -XML -catalog behavior can be changed by redirecting queries to the user\*(Aqs own set of catalogs\&. This can be done by setting the -\fBXML_CATALOG_FILES\fR -environment variable to a list of catalogs\&. An empty one should deactivate loading the default -/etc/xml/catalog -catalog\&. -.RE -.SH "DIAGNOSTICS" -.PP - -\fBxmlcatalog\fR -return codes provide information that can be used when calling it from scripts\&. -.PP -\fB0\fR -.RS 4 -No error -.RE -.PP -\fB1\fR -.RS 4 -Failed to remove an entry from the catalog -.RE -.PP -\fB2\fR -.RS 4 -Failed to save to the catalog, check file permissions -.RE -.PP -\fB3\fR -.RS 4 -Failed to add an entry to the catalog -.RE -.PP -\fB4\fR -.RS 4 -Failed to look up an entry in the catalog -.RE -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.PP -\fBlibxml\fR(3) -.PP -More information can be found at -.sp -.RS 4 -.ie n \{\ -\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c -.\} -.el \{\ -.sp -1 -.IP \(bu 2.3 -.\} -\fBlibxml\fR(3) -web page -\m[blue]\fB\%http://www.xmlsoft.org/\fR\m[] -.RE -.sp -.RS 4 -.ie n \{\ -\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c -.\} -.el \{\ -.sp -1 -.IP \(bu 2.3 -.\} -\fBlibxml\fR(3) -catalog support web page at -\m[blue]\fB\%http://www.xmlsoft.org/catalog.html\fR\m[] -.RE -.sp -.RS 4 -.ie n \{\ -\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c -.\} -.el \{\ -.sp -1 -.IP \(bu 2.3 -.\} -James Clark\*(Aqs -SGML -catalog page -\m[blue]\fB\%http://www.jclark.com/sp/catalog.htm\fR\m[] -.RE -.sp -.RS 4 -.ie n \{\ -\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c -.\} -.el \{\ -.sp -1 -.IP \(bu 2.3 -.\} -OASIS -XML -catalog specification -\m[blue]\fB\%http://www.oasis-open.org/committees/entity/spec.html\fR\m[] -.RE -.sp -.SH "AUTHOR" -.PP -\fBJohn Fleck\fR <\&jfleck@inkstain\&.net\&> -.RS 4 -Author. -.RE -.SH "COPYRIGHT" -.br -Copyright \(co 2001, 2004 -.br diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/xmllint.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/xmllint.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 10caf40..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/xmllint.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,427 +0,0 @@ -.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly ** -.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1). -.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML -.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it. -.TH "XMLLINT" "1" "$Date$" "libxml2" "" -.\" disable hyphenation -.nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) -.ad l -.SH "NAME" -xmllint \- command line XML tool -.SH "SYNOPSIS" -.HP 8 -\fBxmllint\fR [\fB\-\-version\fR \fB\-\-debug\fR \fB\-\-shell\fR \fB\-\-debugent\fR \fB\-\-copy\fR \fB\-\-recover\fR \fB\-\-noent\fR \fB\-\-noout\fR \fB\-\-nonet\fR \fB\-\-path\ "\fR\fB\fIPATH(S)\fR\fR\fB"\fR \fB\-\-load\-trace\fR \fB\-\-htmlout\fR \fB\-\-nowrap\fR \fB\-\-valid\fR \fB\-\-postvalid\fR \fB\-\-dtdvalid\ \fR\fB\fIURL\fR\fR \fB\-\-dtdvalidfpi\ \fR\fB\fIFPI\fR\fR \fB\-\-timing\fR \fB\-\-output\ \fR\fB\fIFILE\fR\fR \fB\-\-repeat\fR \fB\-\-insert\fR \fB\-\-compress\fR \fB\-\-html\fR \fB\-\-xmlout\fR \fB\-\-push\fR \fB\-\-memory\fR \fB\-\-maxmem\ \fR\fB\fINBBYTES\fR\fR \fB\-\-nowarning\fR \fB\-\-noblanks\fR \fB\-\-nocdata\fR \fB\-\-format\fR \fB\-\-encode\ \fR\fB\fIENCODING\fR\fR \fB\-\-dropdtd\fR \fB\-\-nsclean\fR \fB\-\-testIO\fR \fB\-\-catalogs\fR \fB\-\-nocatalogs\fR \fB\-\-auto\fR \fB\-\-xinclude\fR \fB\-\-noxincludenode\fR \fB\-\-loaddtd\fR \fB\-\-dtdattr\fR \fB\-\-stream\fR \fB\-\-walker\fR \fB\-\-pattern\ \fR\fB\fIPATTERNVALUE\fR\fR \fB\-\-chkregister\fR \fB\-\-relaxng\ \fR\fB\fISCHEMA\fR\fR \fB\-\-schema\ \fR\fB\fISCHEMA\fR\fR \fB\-\-c14n\fR] {\fIXML\-FILE(S)\fR... \-} -.HP 8 -\fBxmllint\fR \fB\-\-help\fR -.SH "DESCRIPTION" -.PP -The -\fBxmllint\fR -program parses one or more -XML -files, specified on the command line as -\fIXML\-FILE\fR -(or the standard input if the filename provided is -\fB\-\fR -). It prints various types of output, depending upon the options selected. It is useful for detecting errors both in -XML -code and in the -XML -parser itself. -.PP -\fBxmllint\fR -is included in -\fBlibxml\fR(3). -.SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fBxmllint\fR -accepts the following options (in alphabetical order): -.TP -\fB\-\-auto\fR -Generate a small document for testing purposes. -.TP -\fB\-\-catalogs\fR -Use the -SGML -catalog(s) from -\fBSGML_CATALOG_FILES\fR. Otherwise -XML -catalogs starting from -\fI/etc/xml/catalog\fR -are used by default. -.TP -\fB\-\-chkregister\fR -Turn on node registration. Useful for developers testing -\fBlibxml\fR(3) -node tracking code. -.TP -\fB\-\-compress\fR -Turn on -\fBgzip\fR(1) -compression of output. -.TP -\fB\-\-copy\fR -Test the internal copy implementation. -.TP -\fB\-\-c14n\fR -Use the W3C -XML -Canonicalisation (C14N) to serialize the result of parsing to -\fIstdout\fR. It keeps comments in the result. -.TP -\fB\-\-dtdvalid \fR\fB\fIURL\fR\fR -Use the -DTD -specified by an -\fIURL\fR -for validation. -.TP -\fB\-\-dtdvalidfpi \fR\fB\fIFPI\fR\fR -Use the -DTD -specified by a Formal Public Identifier -\fIFPI\fR -for validation, note that this will require a catalog exporting that Formal Public Identifier to work. -.TP -\fB\-\-debug\fR -Parse a file and output an annotated tree of the in\-memory version of the document. -.TP -\fB\-\-debugent\fR -Debug the entities defined in the document. -.TP -\fB\-\-dropdtd\fR -Remove -DTD -from output. -.TP -\fB\-\-dtdattr\fR -Fetch external -DTD -and populate the tree with inherited attributes. -.TP -\fB\-\-encode \fR\fB\fIENCODING\fR\fR -Output in the given encoding. -.TP -\fB\-\-format\fR -Reformat and reindent the output. The -\fBXMLLINT_INDENT\fR -environment variable controls the indentation. The default value is two spaces " "). -.TP -\fB\-\-help\fR -Print out a short usage summary for -\fBxmllint\fR. -.TP -\fB\-\-html\fR -Use the -HTML -parser. -.TP -\fB\-\-htmlout\fR -Output results as an -HTML -file. This causes -\fBxmllint\fR -to output the necessary -HTML -tags surrounding the result tree output so the results can be displayed/viewed in a browser. -.TP -\fB\-\-insert\fR -Test for valid insertions. -.TP -\fB\-\-loaddtd\fR -Fetch an external -DTD. -.TP -\fB\-\-load\-trace\fR -Display all the documents loaded during the processing to -\fIstderr\fR. -.TP -\fB\-\-maxmem \fR\fB\fINNBYTES\fR\fR -Test the parser memory support. -\fINNBYTES\fR -is the maximum number of bytes the library is allowed to allocate. This can also be used to make sure batch processing of -XML -files will not exhaust the virtual memory of the server running them. -.TP -\fB\-\-memory\fR -Parse from memory. -.TP -\fB\-\-noblanks\fR -Drop ignorable blank spaces. -.TP -\fB\-\-nocatalogs\fR -Do not use any catalogs. -.TP -\fB\-\-nocdata\fR -Substitute CDATA section by equivalent text nodes. -.TP -\fB\-\-noent\fR -Substitute entity values for entity references. By default, -\fBxmllint\fR -leaves entity references in place. -.TP -\fB\-\-nonet\fR -Do not use the Internet to fetch -DTDs or entities. -.TP -\fB\-\-noout\fR -Suppress output. By default, -\fBxmllint\fR -outputs the result tree. -.TP -\fB\-\-nowarning\fR -Do not emit warnings from the parser and/or validator. -.TP -\fB\-\-nowrap\fR -Do not output -HTML -doc wrapper. -.TP -\fB\-\-noxincludenode\fR -Do XInclude processing but do not generate XInclude start and end nodes. -.TP -\fB\-\-nsclean\fR -Remove redundant namespace declarations. -.TP -\fB\-\-output \fR\fB\fIFILE\fR\fR -Define a file path where -\fBxmllint\fR -will save the result of parsing. Usually the programs build a tree and save it on -\fIstdout\fR, with this option the result -XML -instance will be saved onto a file. -.TP -\fB\-\-path "\fR\fB\fIPATH(S)\fR\fR\fB"\fR -Use the (space\- or colon\-separated) list of filesystem paths specified by -\fIPATHS\fR -to load -DTDs or entities. Enclose space\-separated lists by quotation marks. -.TP -\fB\-\-pattern \fR\fB\fIPATTERNVALUE\fR\fR -Used to exercise the pattern recognition engine, which can be used with the reader interface to the parser. It allows to select some nodes in the document based on an XPath (subset) expression. Used for debugging. -.TP -\fB\-\-postvalid\fR -Validate after parsing has completed. -.TP -\fB\-\-push\fR -Use the push mode of the parser. -.TP -\fB\-\-recover\fR -Output any parsable portions of an invalid document. -.TP -\fB\-\-relaxng \fR\fB\fISCHEMA\fR\fR -Use RelaxNG file named -\fISCHEMA\fR -for validation. -.TP -\fB\-\-repeat\fR -Repeat 100 times, for timing or profiling. -.TP -\fB\-\-schema \fR\fB\fISCHEMA\fR\fR -Use a W3C -XML -Schema file named -\fISCHEMA\fR -for validation. -.TP -\fB\-\-shell\fR -Run a navigating shell. Details on available commands in shell mode are below (see -the section called \(lqSHELL COMMANDS\(rq). -.TP -\fB\-\-stream\fR -Use streaming -API -\- useful when used in combination with -\fB\-\-relaxng\fR -or -\fB\-\-valid\fR -options for validation of files that are too large to be held in memory. -.TP -\fB\-\-testIO\fR -Test user input/output support. -.TP -\fB\-\-timing\fR -Output information about the time it takes -\fBxmllint\fR -to perform the various steps. -.TP -\fB\-\-valid\fR -Determine if the document is a valid instance of the included Document Type Definition (DTD). A -DTD -to be validated against also can be specified at the command line using the -\fB\-\-dtdvalid\fR -option. By default, -\fBxmllint\fR -also checks to determine if the document is well\-formed. -.TP -\fB\-\-version\fR -Display the version of -\fBlibxml\fR(3) -used. -.TP -\fB\-\-walker\fR -Test the walker module, which is a reader interface but for a document tree, instead of using the reader -API -on an unparsed document it works on an existing in\-memory tree. Used for debugging. -.TP -\fB\-\-xinclude\fR -Do XInclude processing. -.TP -\fB\-\-xmlout\fR -Used in conjunction with -\fB\-\-html\fR. Usually when -HTML -is parsed the document is saved with the -HTML -serializer. But with this option the resulting document is saved with the -XML -serializer. This is primarily used to generate -XHTML -from -HTML -input. -.SH "SHELL COMMANDS" -.PP -\fBxmllint\fR -offers an interactive shell mode invoked with the -\fB\-\-shell\fR -command. Available commands in shell mode include (in alphabetical order): -.TP -\fBbase\fR -Display -XML -base of the node. -.TP -\fBbye\fR -Leave the shell. -.TP -\fBcat \fR\fB\fINODE\fR\fR -Display the given node or the current one. -.TP -\fBcd \fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR -Change the current node to the given path (if unique) or root if no argument is given. -.TP -\fBdir \fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR -Dumps information about the node (namespace, attributes, content). -.TP -\fBdu \fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR -Show the structure of the subtree under the given path or the current node. -.TP -\fBexit\fR -Leave the shell. -.TP -\fBhelp\fR -Show this help. -.TP -\fBfree\fR -Display memory usage. -.TP -\fBload \fR\fB\fIFILENAME\fR\fR -Load a new document with the given filename. -.TP -\fBls \fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR -List contents of the given path or the current directory. -.TP -\fBpwd\fR -Display the path to the current node. -.TP -\fBquit\fR -Leave the shell. -.TP -\fBsave \fR\fB\fIFILENAME\fR\fR -Save the current document to the given filename or to the original name. -.TP -\fBvalidate\fR -Check the document for errors. -.TP -\fBwrite \fR\fB\fIFILENAME\fR\fR -Write the current node to the given filename. -.SH "ENVIRONMENT" -.TP -\fBSGML_CATALOG_FILES\fR -SGML -catalog behavior can be changed by redirecting queries to the user's own set of catalogs. This can be done by setting the -\fBSGML_CATALOG_FILES\fR -environment variable to a list of catalogs. An empty one should deactivate loading the default -\fI/etc/sgml/catalog\fR -catalog. -.TP -\fBXML_CATALOG_FILES\fR -XML -catalog behavior can be changed by redirecting queries to the user's own set of catalogs. This can be done by setting the -\fBXML_CATALOG_FILES\fR -environment variable to a list of catalogs. An empty one should deactivate loading the default -\fI/etc/xml/catalog\fR -catalog. -.TP -\fBXML_DEBUG_CATALOG\fR -Setting the environment variable -\fBXML_DEBUG_CATALOG\fR -to -\fInon\-zero\fR -using the -\fBexport\fR -command outputs debugging information related to catalog operations. -.TP -\fBXMLLINT_INDENT\fR -Setting the environment variable -\fBXMLLINT_INDENT\fR -controls the indentation. The default value is two spaces " ". -.SH "DIAGNOSTICS" -.PP -\fBxmllint\fR -return codes provide information that can be used when calling it from scripts. -.TP -\fB0\fR -No error -.TP -\fB1\fR -Unclassified -.TP -\fB2\fR -Error in -DTD -.TP -\fB3\fR -Validation error -.TP -\fB4\fR -Validation error -.TP -\fB5\fR -Error in schema compilation -.TP -\fB6\fR -Error writing output -.TP -\fB7\fR -Error in pattern (generated when -\fB\-\-pattern\fR -option is used) -.TP -\fB8\fR -Error in Reader registration (generated when -\fB\-\-chkregister\fR -option is used) -.TP -\fB9\fR -Out of memory error -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.PP -\fBlibxml\fR(3) -.PP -More information can be found at -.TP 3 -\(bu -\fBlibxml\fR(3) -web page -\fI\%http://www.xmlsoft.org/\fR -.TP -\(bu -W3C -XSLT -page -\fI\%http://www.w3.org/TR/xslt\fR -.SH "AUTHOR" -John Fleck <jfleck@inkstain.net>, Ziying Sherwin <sherwin@nlm.nih.gov>, Heiko Rupp <hwr@pilhuhn.de>. diff --git a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/xmlwf.1 b/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/xmlwf.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 174719a..0000000 --- a/gtk+-mingw/share/man/man1/xmlwf.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,251 +0,0 @@ -.\" This manpage has been automatically generated by docbook2man -.\" from a DocBook document. This tool can be found at: -.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/comp/docbook2X/> -.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches, -.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>. -.TH "XMLWF" "1" "24 January 2003" "" "" -.SH NAME -xmlwf \- Determines if an XML document is well-formed -.SH SYNOPSIS - -\fBxmlwf\fR [ \fB-s\fR] [ \fB-n\fR] [ \fB-p\fR] [ \fB-x\fR] [ \fB-e \fIencoding\fB\fR] [ \fB-w\fR] [ \fB-d \fIoutput-dir\fB\fR] [ \fB-c\fR] [ \fB-m\fR] [ \fB-r\fR] [ \fB-t\fR] [ \fB-v\fR] [ \fBfile ...\fR] - -.SH "DESCRIPTION" -.PP -\fBxmlwf\fR uses the Expat library to -determine if an XML document is well-formed. It is -non-validating. -.PP -If you do not specify any files on the command-line, and you -have a recent version of \fBxmlwf\fR, the -input file will be read from standard input. -.SH "WELL-FORMED DOCUMENTS" -.PP -A well-formed document must adhere to the -following rules: -.TP 0.2i -\(bu -The file begins with an XML declaration. For instance, -<?xml version="1.0" standalone="yes"?>. -\fBNOTE:\fR -\fBxmlwf\fR does not currently -check for a valid XML declaration. -.TP 0.2i -\(bu -Every start tag is either empty (<tag/>) -or has a corresponding end tag. -.TP 0.2i -\(bu -There is exactly one root element. This element must contain -all other elements in the document. Only comments, white -space, and processing instructions may come after the close -of the root element. -.TP 0.2i -\(bu -All elements nest properly. -.TP 0.2i -\(bu -All attribute values are enclosed in quotes (either single -or double). -.PP -If the document has a DTD, and it strictly complies with that -DTD, then the document is also considered \fBvalid\fR. -\fBxmlwf\fR is a non-validating parser -- -it does not check the DTD. However, it does support -external entities (see the \fB-x\fR option). -.SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -When an option includes an argument, you may specify the argument either -separately ("\fB-d\fR output") or concatenated with the -option ("\fB-d\fRoutput"). \fBxmlwf\fR -supports both. -.TP -\fB-c\fR -If the input file is well-formed and \fBxmlwf\fR -doesn't encounter any errors, the input file is simply copied to -the output directory unchanged. -This implies no namespaces (turns off \fB-n\fR) and -requires \fB-d\fR to specify an output file. -.TP -\fB-d output-dir\fR -Specifies a directory to contain transformed -representations of the input files. -By default, \fB-d\fR outputs a canonical representation -(described below). -You can select different output formats using \fB-c\fR -and \fB-m\fR. - -The output filenames will -be exactly the same as the input filenames or "STDIN" if the input is -coming from standard input. Therefore, you must be careful that the -output file does not go into the same directory as the input -file. Otherwise, \fBxmlwf\fR will delete the -input file before it generates the output file (just like running -cat < file > file in most shells). - -Two structurally equivalent XML documents have a byte-for-byte -identical canonical XML representation. -Note that ignorable white space is considered significant and -is treated equivalently to data. -More on canonical XML can be found at -http://www.jclark.com/xml/canonxml.html . -.TP -\fB-e encoding\fR -Specifies the character encoding for the document, overriding -any document encoding declaration. \fBxmlwf\fR -supports four built-in encodings: -US-ASCII, -UTF-8, -UTF-16, and -ISO-8859-1. -Also see the \fB-w\fR option. -.TP -\fB-m\fR -Outputs some strange sort of XML file that completely -describes the input file, including character positions. -Requires \fB-d\fR to specify an output file. -.TP -\fB-n\fR -Turns on namespace processing. (describe namespaces) -\fB-c\fR disables namespaces. -.TP -\fB-p\fR -Tells xmlwf to process external DTDs and parameter -entities. - -Normally \fBxmlwf\fR never parses parameter -entities. \fB-p\fR tells it to always parse them. -\fB-p\fR implies \fB-x\fR. -.TP -\fB-r\fR -Normally \fBxmlwf\fR memory-maps the XML file -before parsing; this can result in faster parsing on many -platforms. -\fB-r\fR turns off memory-mapping and uses normal file -IO calls instead. -Of course, memory-mapping is automatically turned off -when reading from standard input. - -Use of memory-mapping can cause some platforms to report -substantially higher memory usage for -\fBxmlwf\fR, but this appears to be a matter of -the operating system reporting memory in a strange way; there is -not a leak in \fBxmlwf\fR. -.TP -\fB-s\fR -Prints an error if the document is not standalone. -A document is standalone if it has no external subset and no -references to parameter entities. -.TP -\fB-t\fR -Turns on timings. This tells Expat to parse the entire file, -but not perform any processing. -This gives a fairly accurate idea of the raw speed of Expat itself -without client overhead. -\fB-t\fR turns off most of the output options -(\fB-d\fR, \fB-m\fR, \fB-c\fR, -\&...). -.TP -\fB-v\fR -Prints the version of the Expat library being used, including some -information on the compile-time configuration of the library, and -then exits. -.TP -\fB-w\fR -Enables support for Windows code pages. -Normally, \fBxmlwf\fR will throw an error if it -runs across an encoding that it is not equipped to handle itself. With -\fB-w\fR, xmlwf will try to use a Windows code -page. See also \fB-e\fR. -.TP -\fB-x\fR -Turns on parsing external entities. - -Non-validating parsers are not required to resolve external -entities, or even expand entities at all. -Expat always expands internal entities (?), -but external entity parsing must be enabled explicitly. - -External entities are simply entities that obtain their -data from outside the XML file currently being parsed. - -This is an example of an internal entity: - -.nf -<!ENTITY vers '1.0.2'> -.fi - -And here are some examples of external entities: - -.nf -<!ENTITY header SYSTEM "header-&vers;.xml"> (parsed) -<!ENTITY logo SYSTEM "logo.png" PNG> (unparsed) -.fi -.TP -\fB--\fR -(Two hyphens.) -Terminates the list of options. This is only needed if a filename -starts with a hyphen. For example: - -.nf -xmlwf -- -myfile.xml -.fi - -will run \fBxmlwf\fR on the file -\fI-myfile.xml\fR. -.PP -Older versions of \fBxmlwf\fR do not support -reading from standard input. -.SH "OUTPUT" -.PP -If an input file is not well-formed, -\fBxmlwf\fR prints a single line describing -the problem to standard output. If a file is well formed, -\fBxmlwf\fR outputs nothing. -Note that the result code is \fBnot\fR set. -.SH "BUGS" -.PP -According to the W3C standard, an XML file without a -declaration at the beginning is not considered well-formed. -However, \fBxmlwf\fR allows this to pass. -.PP -\fBxmlwf\fR returns a 0 - noerr result, -even if the file is not well-formed. There is no good way for -a program to use \fBxmlwf\fR to quickly -check a file -- it must parse \fBxmlwf\fR's -standard output. -.PP -The errors should go to standard error, not standard output. -.PP -There should be a way to get \fB-d\fR to send its -output to standard output rather than forcing the user to send -it to a file. -.PP -I have no idea why anyone would want to use the -\fB-d\fR, \fB-c\fR, and -\fB-m\fR options. If someone could explain it to -me, I'd like to add this information to this manpage. -.SH "ALTERNATIVES" -.PP -Here are some XML validators on the web: - -.nf -http://www.hcrc.ed.ac.uk/~richard/xml-check.html -http://www.stg.brown.edu/service/xmlvalid/ -http://www.scripting.com/frontier5/xml/code/xmlValidator.html -http://www.xml.com/pub/a/tools/ruwf/check.html -.fi -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.PP - -.nf -The Expat home page: http://www.libexpat.org/ -The W3 XML specification: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml -.fi -.SH "AUTHOR" -.PP -This manual page was written by Scott Bronson <bronson@rinspin.com> for -the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used by others). Permission is -granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under -the terms of the GNU Free Documentation -License, Version 1.1. |